Littelfuse-24612-03
| Part # | Littelfuse-24612-03 |
Download  | Littelfuse-24612-03 |
AFTERMARKET
PRODUCTS
CATALOG
Fuses & Fuse Holders
Power Distribution
Relays & Solenoids
Switches
Passenger and Commercial
V
e
hicle Products
Connectors
Local Resources for a
GLOBAL
Market
Littelfuse products help protect,
control and distribute vehicle
electrical power in OEM and
aftermarket applications for
industries such as
heavy-duty
truck, construction and agriculture.
We offer a broad and reliable selection
of
fuses, fuse blocks, power distribution
modules, high-current switches, relays and
solenoids
to fit your requirements.
Trollhättan
Kaunas
Roskilde
Norwich
Swindon
Saskatoon
Chicago
Bremen
Lauf
Lake Mills
Troy
Legnago
Rapid City
Seoul
Champaign
Fremont
Yokohama
Wuxi
Shanghai
Suzhou
Piedras Negras
Muzquiz
Taipei
Dongguan
Shenzhen
Matamoros
Hong Kong
Lipa City
Singapore
For decades, we have helped OEMs, engineers and
end-users select the right product for their applications.
Today, Littelfuse offers the broadest range of products
for protection, sensing, and control needs while providing
São Paulo
exceptional service and support that our customers expect.
Market Focus
INDUSTRIES
and Applications
Material Handling
T
r
uck & Bus
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Fork Lifts
T
e
lehandlers
Aerial Work Platform
Pallet Jacks
On-Highway
Severe Duty
T
r
ansit Buses
Vocational
ꢀ
ꢀ
Automotive Passenger Car
Municipality
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
OEM
Motorsports
Maintenance
Fleets
Emergency
Wast
e
T
rucks
Fire & Rescue
Utility
ꢀ
Construction & Agriculture
Marine & Recreational
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Loaders
T
r
actors
Excavators
Harvesters
Boats & Marine
Golf Carts
Recreation Vehicles
ATV & Snowmobiles
ꢀ
1
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Over 90 Years of
Electrical Power Expertise
Technology
Technology
Technology
Next Generation
High-Current
Switch
HD Time Delay
Bi-Stable Relay
High-Current
2484 Switches
Acquisition
Technology
ATO
®
Fuses
1955
1976
2006
2009
2013
2018
1927
1986
2010
2014
2016
Founded
Acquisition
Acquisition
Technology
High Current
FLEC PDM
Technology
Integrated CAN/LIN
Power Control Center
Technology
MINI
®
Fuses
New
AFTERMARKET PRODUCTS
Now Available
MCASE+ Fuses
CARDED 1-PC
COLOR CODE
CURRENT RATING (A)
SLOTTED PART NUMBER
Gray
Blue
White
Pink
15
20
25
30
40
MCAS015.XPS
MCAS020.XPS
MCAS025.XPS
MCAS030.XPS
MCAS040.XPS
Green
FHZ Fuse Holders
Part Number
Description
0FHZ0001Z
0FHZ0002Z
0FHZ0003Z
0FHZ0005Z
0FHZ0006Z
0FHZ0007Z
0FHZ0008Z
0FHZ0009Z
5-Stud Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar
5-Stud Full Assembly with M10 Input
5-Stud Box Only for Configuration
5-Stud Full Assembly with M8 Input
7-Stud Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar
7-Stud Full Assembly with M10 Input
7-Stud Box Only for Configuration
7-Stud Full Assembly with M8 Input
Coming Soon
®
Additional RedBox Blade Fuse Module Tray
Part Number
Description
0RBOX003ZGLO
A
TO,
MINI, and MAXI SmartGlow Fuses, Fuse Pullers, ATO and MINI HD In-Line Fuse Holders
272 Piece Assortment
Contact your local sales manager for more information
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
2
Updated
COLE HERSEE BRAND
Packaging
Cole Hersee – A Littelfuse Brand
joint logo
promoting the relationship between
the brands.
Blue and yellow Cole Hersee
brand colors
remain prominent for fast identification.
Former Design
Large,
easy-to-read label with part
number and description
for quick
product selection.
New Design
®
55055BP
Enhanced
installation information
and
detailed descriptions included in
the packaging.
SPST Toggle Switch. Universal applicatio
Interruptor de palanca SPS
T
.
U
so univers
Interrupteur à bascule SPS
T
à
u
sage unive
55055ꢀBP
SPST ONꢀOFF TOꢁꢁLE SꢂꢃTCH
25A
ꢃNTERRUPTOR DE PALANCA SPST
ꢃNTERRUPTEUR ꢄ BASCULE SPST
Heavy-duty box
packaging protects
products in distribution environment.
Heavy-duty clamshell
packaging protects
products in retail environment.
Matching blister product
for a consistent
and attractive product display.
Former Design
New Design
3
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
a
ble of Contents
Circuit Protection – Fuses & Circuit Breakers
Ignition Switches
Sealed Ignition Switches
Fuse Selection Chart
6-7
72
1
Fuseology
8-9
Heavy Duty Ignition Switches
General Purpose Ignition Switches
Marine Grade Ignition Switches
Ignition Switch Accessories
Anti-Restart Ignition Switches
73
Retail Information, Packaging & Part Numbers 10-12
74-75
76
Blade Fuses
13-15
16
Cartridge Fuses
Bolt-Down Fuses
Auto Link Fuses
Glass Fuses
77
2
17
78
18
19
Rocker Switches
Sealed Rocker Switches
3
80-83
84
Specialty Fuse Products
Fuse Assortment Kits
Circuit Breakers
20
Rocker Switch Accessories
21-26
27-30
Standard Heavy Duty Rocker Switches
FAQ Rocker and Toggle Switches
85
86
4
Fuse Blocks & Holders
Bolt-Down Fuse Blocks
32
Toggle Switches
Toggle Switches
88-91
92
In-line Fuse Holders
33-34
35
5
Toggle Switch Accessories
Switch Reference Guide & Diagrams
JCASE & Glass Fuse Holders
Add-A-Circuit & Power Feed
Fuse Puller Accessories
Multiple Position Fuse Blocks
Terminal Blocks
93-94
36
37
6
Momentary Switches
Momentary Push-Button Switches
Door Switches
38-39
40-41
42
96-99
99-100
New Product Spotlight
7
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Power Distribution Modules
Hard-Wired Boxes
Push-Pull Switches
102-103
44
Rotary Switches
104
Power Distribution Modules
PDM IP Rating Flyer
44-47
48
8
Rotary Wiper Switches
Rotary Headlamp Switches
Foot Switches
105-106
107
108
Battery Management
Battery Isolators
Stoplamp Switches
109
50
51
51
52
9
Backup & Neutral Safety Ball Switches
109-110
Battery Combiners & FlexMod Devices
Low Voltage Disconnects
Vehicle Connectors
Tractor-Trailer Connectors
Trailer Connectors
How a Smart Battery Isolator Works
10
11
12
13
14
112-116
117
Relays & Solenoids
Bi-Stable Relays
Connector Mounts & Accessories
118
54
Standard High Current Relays (Solenoids)
Reversing & Latching Relays
Plug-In Relays & MicroRelays
55-57
58
Indicator Devices
LED Pilot Lights
120
59-60
Incandescent Pilot Lights
Panel Lamps and Base Sockets
Buzzers and Alarms
121-122
122
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
Sealed High Amp Battery Switches
123
62
Why are LED Lights Better
124
Manual Battery Switches
63-65
66-67
68
Standard Metal Body Battery Switches
Marine-Grade Battery Switches
Battery Selector Disconnect Switches
Battery Disconnect Switch Accessories
Appendix
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
125-129
130-131
69
Schematics
70
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
4
Circuit Protection
What Type of Fuse do I Need?
DC (automotive) fuses are offered in two basic forms: Blade or Bolt Down.
Blade & Cartridge
fuses can be hand inserted into a fuse holder. These fuses provide
protection for several amperage ratings up to 80A. They are well suited to protect
smaller to medium diameter wires that are usually some distance from the battery.
Single blade fuse holders are often called ‘In-Line’ fuse holders as they are spliced
into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far
away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere
along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected.
Littelfuse blade fuses include: MICRO2
®
, MICRO3
®
, MINI
®
, LP MINI
®
, ATO
®
, MAXI,
MCASE+
®
, JCASE
®
and LP JCASE
®
.
Bolt Down
fuses need to be secured to the fuse holder with a screw, nut or bolt.
These fuses provide protection from 30A to 600A. They are well suited to protect
medium to large diameter wires that are usually closer to the battery. Ring terminals
are crimped onto cables that are connected to these holders and spliced into the
wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away
from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along its
length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected which is
why you should have master fusing as close the battery as possible. Littelfuse bolt-
down fuses include: MIDI
®
, MEGA
®
, CF8 and ZCASE
®
.
Also, there are still a wide variety of applications that use glass tube fuses. These are
typically lower current values and are becoming less popular for most automotive
applications due to their size, form factors, and lack of color coding.
®
It Glows When it Blows!
SmartGlow
®
fuse technology makes identifying an open circuit quick and easy. Inside
a fuse box, it can be difficult to locate which fuse in an array has blown
.
Y
o
u can easily
identify the SmartGlow because it lights up, indicating the need for replacement.
Available in MINI, ATO, and MAXI blade fuses.
Every Fuse Requires a Fuse Holder!
Littelfuse offers a wide variety of fuse holder and power distribution modules in
different configurations to meet unique needs. Please see the Power Distribution
Modules or Fuse Blocks & Holders sections of the catalog to select a product that fits
your application requirements.
5
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
F u s e
F u s e
F u s e
F u s e
F u s e
F u s e
G L A S S
6
1
F u s e
F u s e
7
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Fuseology
Understanding how circuit protection works is a key to
diagnosing automotive electrical problems. When a fuse
blows, that means the fuse is doing its job — sending you
a message that something needs to be fixed.
1
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF A FUSE?
A fuse is a safety valve. It is designed to stop current from exceeding the
rating of the wires or components. Without fuses, excessive current could
cause damage to electrical systems, and even result in fires.
Bold letter indicates fuse block location.
A
Left fire wall
B
Right fire wall
C
Right fender
D
Right front
E
Left front
G
H
J
Behind/under dash left
Behind/in glove box
Behind/under dash right
Rear compartment
In general, a fuse has a simple construction. The key component is the
“element” — a short piece of metal wire or strap.
K
IL
In-line with device protected
(locations may vary from car to car,
see your dealer.)
F
Left fender
WHAT CAUSES A FUSE TO BLOW?
The element is designed to melt at a
specific temperature, to
protect wires
and equipment from overcurrents. An
overcurrent is any current that exceeds
the amperage rating or wiring capacity
of equipment or devices under normal
conditions of use.
FINDING A FUSE
To be able to address fuse issues, you first must be able to
locate the appropriate fuse within the vehicle. In today’s vehicles,
each individual wire is protected by a circuit protection device.
Fuses are contained in fuse blocks located at various points
throughout the vehicle. The diagram above illustrates typical fuse
block locations.
If an overcurrent causes the current in a circuit to rise above a specific
level — often the circuit’s rating — the heat produced will melt the
fuse’s element, causing the fuse to “blow.” This opens the circuit and
immediately stops the flow of current. Fuses are designed to blow at
temperatures far below those that would cause damage or hazards.
SELECTING THE RIGHT FUSE
Once you have found the fuse that has blown, and solved the
problem in the vehicle, you must replace the blown fuse with an
appropriate device.
Once a fuse is blown, it can be replaced to allow the current to flow again.
But simply replacing a fuse may not be the solution to the problem.
In fact, there is a chance the fuse will just blow again, because the fuse is
signaling a problem in the system. Understanding the factors that cause a
fuse to blow will help you diagnose automotive electrical problems.
When selecting the right fuse for replacement, you should
consider the following:
There are two types of overcurrents that can cause a fuse to blow:
overloads and short circuits.
Physical Type
The replacement fuse must be of the same physical type as the
blown fuse being replaced. It must be of the same style and
have the same dimensions so that it can fit properly in the fuse
block or fuse holder. Check your owner’s manual to determine
the appropriate fuse type.
Overload
What:
The current exceeds the amperage at which the wires or equipment
are rated.
Why:
Too many devices are connected to one circuit, or a device
malfunctions and draws higher than its normal operating current. Sustained
overloads cause overheating of circuit components and the fuse blows.
Installation Tip:
Littelfuse holds patents for the designs on
most automotive fuses. It is important to remember that the
physical type of the fuse is important, but it is not the only factor
affecting the fuse’s function. Although some fuses appear to be
the same type and dimension as Littelfuse fuses, they do not
Short Circuit
What:
The current is out of its normal path.
necessarily have the same performance characteristics.
Why:
A malfunction creates an unintended path for electricity to flow from
the battery or alternator to ground. This can be caused by the touching
of any positive wire to a ground wire, e.g. due to
frayed wire insulation,
or tools laid across the positive and ground wires of a circuit. The
uncontrolled current to ground then surpasses the normal resistance of the
wire contained in the circuit, forcing higher and higher current to the point
of the generating heat which blows the fuse.
Look for the Littelfuse OEM Label
To guarantee the same level
of quality in circuit protection
that the major automotive
manufacturers require for their
original equipment fuses, look
for the OEM seal on Littelfuse
aftermarket products. Only
Littelfuse products can guarantee
this level of quality.
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
8
Introduction
Fuseology
Beware of Counterfeit Fuses
Voltage Rating
1
At first glance, it’s hard to tell the difference between a genuine
Littelfuse blade fuse and a counterfeit. The counterfeit may have the
same physical dimensions, but using it can be dangerous because it
fails to perform to the stringent performance and safety specifications
developed by Littelfuse and the OEMs.
The voltage rating, marked on every fuse, indicates the maximum
voltage at which the fuse is designed to operate safely if an
overcurrent occurs.
Tip:
The fuse voltage rating must equal or exceed this circuit
voltage where the fuse is installed. This is not a problem in fuse
selection because automotive fuse applications are typically around
12 volts, while the voltage rating of the majority of Littelfuse
automotive fuses including ATO Fuse, MINI Fuse, MAXI Fuse and
MEGA Fuse is 32 volts.
In many cases, the elements in counterfeit fuses do not correspond
with the amperage specification stamped on the fuse. This will
prevent the elements from opening at the rated or correct amperage,
which could result in a fire causing serious damage to the vehicle, its
contents and its passengers.
Responding to this growing problem, the United States International
Trade Commission and then President Ronald Reagan issued and
approved an exclusion order in 1983 prohibiting the importation of the
look-alike blade fuses into the United States. This order was initiated
because many of these fuses were proven to be totally unsafe. The
photos shown here indicate why counterfeit fuses are potentially
unsafe and present a fire risk.
To guarantee quality and safety, look for the Littelfuse name on fuses
and fuse packaging.
Current Rating — Amperage
ADDING A CIRCUIT
The current rating, marked on every fuse, is the maximum
current in amperes that the fuse can continuously carry under
specified conditions.
Always use a circuit protection device with a fuse holder or fuse
block whenever adding additional circuits to ensure optimal safety.
The fastest, easiest option for installers who need to add a circuit
for applications such as electronic components, is the Littelfuse
Add-A-Circuit Fuse Holder. Add-A-Circuit, available in ATO
®
and
MINI
®
blade fuse versions, is designed to facilitate installation of
fuses for accessories of 10 amps or less. The Add-A-Circuit adapts
the fuse block to the installer’s needs, quickly turning one slot in
the fuse block into two, providing a safe, economical alternative to
splicing or fusetaps.
Caution:
Fusetaps are not a recommended
alternative for adding circuits because they can
overstress the terminals in the fuse block. This
situation can create a loose fitting fuse, which in
turn produces excessive heat, which can cause
nuisance blows, even melting of the fuse and
fuse block and possibly an expensive repair in the
future. When a fusetap is used, in many cases
there is no fuse protecting the new circuit, a
condition which can also present a hazard.
Tip:
When selecting a fuse, make sure the current rating of the fuse is
the same amperage as the circuit. You can obtain the current rating of
a circuit by looking in the owner’s manual of the vehicle or checking to
see if it is written on the fuse block.
Overfusing and Underfusing
Overfusing
is when the fuse has a current rating higher than the
rating of the circuit. In this case, the fuse will not be able to protect
the circuit properly because the circuit could reach overcurrent levels,
causing damage and safety hazards, before the fuse would blow.
Another alternative to adding a circuit is the
Littelfuse Battery Power Feed (BPF1). This
device attaches directly to the battery terminal,
allowing the addition of up to three circuits.
Then use an in-line fuse holder to protect the
circuit properly.
Underfusing
is when the fuse is rated at a current too far below the
rating of the circuit. In this case the fuse will blow, even though the
circuit is functioning normally without an overcurrent. Underfusing
almost guarantees that a fuse will blow repeatedly. This is referred to
as a nuisance blow.
9
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Retail Information
Planogram
Updated brand packaging introduced in
2015 allowing for easy identification of
product families in a retail display.
1
Littelfuse developed the next generation of
Retail Circuit Protection with the ease of
product selection as a top priority.
EASY IDENTIFICATION
of product families in color coordinated
packages for an easy to use and set up
planogram layout.
MORE SPACE
for higher margin kits and assortments.
INCREASE MARKET COVERAGE
with the newest Littelfuse MICRO2
®
,
MICRO3
®
, MCASE+
®
and ZCASE
®
fuses.
OEM SYMBOL
MULTI-LINGUAL
Prominent on package assures consumers of quality and
One SKU covers US, Canadian, German and
Latin American markets.
actual OE replacement.
COLOR CODED
for easier stocking and consumer selection.
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Our 87 SKU, 510-piece pre-pack Plan-O-Gram includes full blade-fuse coverage, as well as expanded coverage into newer parts such as Low-
Profile MINI, Low-Profile JCASE, MICRO2, MICRO3, MCASE and Emergency Kits. Includes blade fuses, glass fuses, circuit breakers,
Assortment and Emergency kits, fuse holders and fuse tester/pullers. Measures approximately 36″x36″.
00940477Z
00940478Z
094477
094478
Our 103 SKU, 625-piece pre-pack Plan-O-Gram is our largest retail assortment featuring multiple facings of the most popular items.
This assortment expands your line coverage to fill the needs of your DIY and professional dealer/installer customers as well.
Measures approximately 48″x32″.
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
10
Circuit Protection
Retail Information
Packaging / Part Numbering
1
Bulk Carton
The outer corrugated cardboard box
that holds several cartons.
Carton
The outer corrugated
cardboard box that holds
several inner packs, or bulk
fuses (no inner packs).
Pill Box
Inner Pack
A small plastic box
A small chipboard
box containing
containing fuses.
Pillboxes are snap-
shut resealable.
Blister Pack
A retail package containing
several blister packs
or pillboxes
.
one or several identical
products, such as fuses, or it
may contain an assortment
of fuses. Blister packs are
designed to fit on a peg-hook.
‘Bubble pack’ or ‘clamshell’
packages are blister packs.
11
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Fuse Packaging
Standard Fuse Packaging
1
BOXED MERCHANDISE
ATO, MINI Fuses
PIECES/BOX
5 to a box
5 to a box
10 to a box
1 to a pack
1 to a pack
FUSES/CARD
5 to a card
1 to a card
25
STANDARD PACK
100 (twenty 5 packs)
50 (ten 5 packs)
10 (one 10 pack)
10
ORDER
by piece
by piece
by piece
by piece
by piece
ORDER
Glass Ceramic Fuses
AGU Fuses
MAXI, PAL, MEGA, MIDI
Flashers, Circuit Breakers, Fuse Holders
RETAIL PACKAGED MERCHANDISE
ATO, MINI Fuses, Glass, Ceramic Fuses
MAXI, PAL, MEGA, MIDI Fuses
Plus Packs
10
STANDARD PACK
5 cards/shelf pack
5 cards/shelf pack
5 cards/shelf pack
5 cards/shelf pack
Single unit
by card
by card
by card
by card
by unit
Retail Carded Kits and Assortments
Assortments, Jobber Boards, Merchandisers, etc.
Various
Various
Mandatory Characters
First set of four
These identify the product group, like LMIN
(Low profile MINI fuse) or 0MAX (MAXI fuses).
Second set of four
These identify the product subgroup. In fuses,
this usually identifies the amperage.
The decimal point counts as one character,
eg 010. = 10A, 100. = 100A, 01.5 = 1.5A.
Examples of Order Numbers
Order numbers must have between 9 characters and 15 characters. These
are for added description, such as ZXPRO. When you place an order, write
or type the characters without a break in the string.
9th character
Inner pack quantity. See list of codes below.
Inner Pack Codes
Quantity Code
0ATO 0 1 0 . VP
1 = X
500 = U
First set of four
“ATO Fuses”
Second set of four
“10 Amps”
“Retail pack of 5”
5 = V
1,000 = M
1,500 = D
2,500 = E
3,000 =W
4,000 = Y
5,000 = N
10,000 = K
10 = T
20 = S
50 = L
100 = H
200 = F
250 = G
0MIN 0 3 0 .
ZXPRO
First set of four
“MINI Fuses”
Second set of four
“30 Amps”
“Professional Pack”
Optional Characters
10th Character
Packaging type. P= Retail pack, B=Blister Pack.
Last set of 5
May be used to give additional information
such as, MXGLO for SmartGlow fuses
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
12
Circuit Protection
Blade Fuses
MINI
®
• 2-30A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses
The MINI fuse is quickly becoming the new standard for vehicle circuit protection. Its miniature design
meets the need for more circuits to be protected while utilizing less space, and its ability to cope with
high temperatures in adverse environments makes the MINI fuse the recommended choice for protection.
Smart Glow fuses are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that glows when the
fuse is blown, saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit.
1
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/MINI
Standard
: Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Fast-Acting, Approvals: UL listed, SAE J207
7
.
Smart Glow
: Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 32V DC, Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
T
e
rminals
:
T
in plated zinc
Dimensions MINI
®
®
CARDED
PLUS PACK
BOXED
CARDED
CARDED
COLOR
CODE
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Gray
Violet
Pink
2
3
0MIN002.V
0MIN003.V
0MIN004.V
0MIN005.V
0MIN07.5V
0MIN010.V
0MIN015.V
0MIN020.V
0MIN025.V
0MIN030.V
0MIN002.VP
0MIN003.VP
0MIN004.VP
0MIN005.VP
0MIN07.5VP
–
–
–
–
–
–
0MIN003.VPGLO
–
Dimensions SMART GLOW MINI
®
4
Tan
5
0MIN005.VPGLO
0MIN07.5VPGLO
Brown
Red
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
0MIN010.VP 0MIN010.ZXPRO
0MIN010.VPGLO
0MIN015.VP 0MIN015.ZXPRO
0MIN015.VPGLO
0MIN020.VP 0MIN020.ZXPRO
0MIN020.VPGLO
0MIN025.VP 0MIN025.ZXPRO
0MIN025.VPGLO
0MIN030.VP 0MIN030.ZXPRO
0MIN030.VPGLO
Blue
Yellow
Clear
Green
Low Profile MINI
®
• 2-30A • Blade Fuses
The Low Profile MINI fuse is designed to mate with tuning-fork terminals, which provides additional
weight and material savings in fuse box designs by eliminating the need for female box terminals.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/LPMINI
Voltage Rating: 58V DC,Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 58V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
T
e
rminals: Silver plated zinc, Housing Materials: Nylon composite
Dimensions Low Profile MINI
®
CARDED
PLUS PACK
BOXED
CARDED
COLOR
CODE
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
PACKAGING
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
Gray
Tan
2
5
LMIN002.V
LMIN005.V
LMIN07.5V
LMIN010.V
LMIN015.V
LMIN020.V
LMIN025.V
LMIN030.V
–
–
LMIN005.VP
–
LMIN005.ZXPROA
–
Brown
Red
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
LMIN010.VP
LMIN015.VP
LMIN020.VP
LMIN025.VP
LMIN030.VP
LMIN010.ZXPROA
LMIN015.ZXPROA
LMIN020.ZXPROA
LMIN025.ZXPROA
LMIN030.ZXPROA
Blue
Yellow
Clear
Green
13
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Blade Fuses
ATO
®
• Autofuse
®
• 1-40A •
Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses
The ATO fuse is currently found on most cars, trucks, buses and off the road vehicles worldwide.
Features Littelfuse designed industry standard color coding to indicate amp rating. Smart Glow fuses
are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that glows when the fuse is blown,
saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/ATO
1
Standard:
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Fast-Acting Approvals: UL listed, SAE J207
7
.
Smart Glow:
Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 32V DC Voltage Rating: 32V DC Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
T
e
rminals
:
T
in plated zinc
®
Dimensions ATO
®
CARDED
PLUS PACK
BOXED
CARDED
CARDED
COLOR
CODE
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Black
Gray
1
2
0ATO001.V
0ATO002.V
0ATO003.V
0ATO004.V
0ATO005.V
0ATO07.5V
0ATO010.V
0ATO015.V
0ATO020.V
0ATO025.V
0ATO030.V
0ATO040.V
0ATO001.VP
0ATO002.VP
0ATO003.VP
0ATO004.VP
–
–
–
–
–
–
Violet
Pink
3
0ATO003.VPGLO
–
4
Tan
5
0ATO005.VP 0ATO005.ZXPRO
0ATO005.VPGLO
0ATO07.5VP 0ATO07.5ZXPRO
0ATO07.5VPGLO
0ATO010.VP 0ATO010.ZXPRO
0ATO010.VPGLO
0ATO015.VP 0ATO015.ZXPRO
0ATO015.VPGLO
0ATO020.VP 0ATO020.ZXPRO
0ATO020.VPGLO
0ATO025.VP 0ATO025.ZXPRO
0ATO025.VPGLO
0ATO030.VP 0ATO030.ZXPRO
0ATO030.VPGLO
Dimensions SMART GLOW ATO
®
Brown
Red
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
Blue
Yellow
Clear
Green
Orange
40
0ATO040.VP
–
–
MAXI • 20-100A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses
MAXI Fuses are primarily used for under hood applications and are produced with a high temperature polymer
and silver plated blades
.
T
hey replace the commonly used fusible wire or fusible link to protect a high current
segment or system of the wiring harness. Features Littelfuse designed industry standard color coding to
indicate amp rating. Smart Glow fuses are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that
glows when the fuse is blown, saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/MAXI
Standard:
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
T
e
rminals: Silver plated
Smart Glow:
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
T
e
rminals: Silver plated
®
Dimensions MAXI
BOXED
CARDED
CARDED
COLOR
CODE
PACKAGING
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL NUMBER
Yellow
Green
20
30
0MAX020.X
0MAX030.X
0MAX040.X
0MAX050.X
0MAX060.X
0MAX070.X
0MAX080.X
–
0MAX020.XP
0MAX030.XP
0MAX040.XP
0MAX050.XP
0MAX060.XP
–
0MAX020.XPGLO
0MAX030.XPGLO
0MAX040.XPGLO
0MAX050.XPGLO
0MAX060.XPGLO
0MAX070.XPGLO
0MAX080.XPGLO
0MAX100.XPGLO
Orange
40
Red
Blue
Tan
50
60
70
80
Clear
0MAX080.XP
–
Purple
100
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
14
Circuit Protection
Blade Fuses
MICRO2
®
• 5-30A • Blade Fuses
Its sub-miniature design meets the need for more circuits to be protected while utilizing less space
and its ability to cope with high temperatures in adverse environments makes the MICRO2 Fuse the
recommended choice for protection.
1
Additional information
:
littelfuse.com/MICRO2
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
Dimensions MICRO2
®
BULK 50-PC
BOXED 25-PC
BOXED 5-PC
CARDED 5-PC
COLOR
CODE
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Tan
Brown
Red
5
0327005.LXS
032707.5LXS
–
–
MIC2005.V
MIC207.5V
MIC2005.VP
MIC207.5VP
MIC2010.VP
MIC2015.VP
MIC2020.VP
MIC2025.VP
MIC2030.VP
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
0327010.LXS MIC2010.ZXPRO
MIC2010.V
0327015.LXS MIC2015.ZXPRO
MIC2015.V
0327020.LXS MIC2020.ZXPRO
MIC2020.V
Blue
Yellow
Clear
Green
0327025.LXS
–
MIC2025.V
0327030.LXS MIC2030.ZXPRO
MIC2030.V
MICRO3
®
• 5-15A • Blade Fuses
The MICRO
3
F
use is the new standard for vehicle circuit protection
.
T
he MICRO3 Fuse has 3 terminals
and 2 fuse elements with a common center terminal. Its sub-miniature design meets the need for more
circuits to be protected while utilizing less space and its ability to cope with high temperatures in adverse
environments makes the MICRO3 Fuse the recommended choice for protection.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/MICRO3
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
Dimensions MICRO3
®
BULK 50-PC
BOXED 25-PC
BOXED 5-PC
CARDED 5-PC
COLOR
CODE
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Tan
Brown
Red
5
0337005.LXS MIC3005.ZXPRO
MIC3005.V
033707.5LXS MIC307.5ZXPRO
MIC307.5V
0337010.LXS MIC3010.ZXPRO
MIC3010.V
0337015.LXS MIC3015.ZXPRO
MIC3015.V
MIC3005.VP
MIC307.5VP
MIC3010.VP
MIC3015.VP
7.5
10
15
Blue
15
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Cartridge Fuses
JCASE
®
• 20-60A • Cartridge Fuses
Smaller space saving footprint is being designed in by many OEM
’
s
. Patented technology provides both
increased time delay and low voltage drop. Features ANSI standard OCR-A font for visual inspection
systems, double spring-beam box terminal and unique secondary locking feature holds terminal
firmly in place. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/JCASE
1
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Slo-Blo
®
, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC,
Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C, Insertion Force: 53N max. (12lb), Extraction Force: 9N min. (2lb)
Dimensions JCASE
®
BOXED
CARDED
COLOR CURRENT
CODE RATING
(A)
MATERIAL NUMBER
PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER
Blue
White
Pink
Green
Red
20
25
30
40
50
60
JCAS020.X
JCAS025.X
JCAS030.X
JCAS040.X
JCAS050.X
JCAS060.X
JCAS020.XP
JCAS025.XP
JCAS030.XP
JCAS040.XP
JCAS050.XP
JCAS060.XP
Yellow
Low Profile JCASE
®
• 20-60A • Cartridge Fuses
Smaller space saving footprint is being designed in by many OEM
’
s
. Patented technology provides both
increased time delay and low voltage drop. Features ANSI standard OCR-A font for visual inspection
systems, double spring-beam box terminal and unique secondary locking feature holds terminal
firmly in place. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/LPJCASE
Voltage Rating: 58V DC, Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 58V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to + 125˚C,
Insertion Force: 53N Max. (12 lb.), Extraction Force: 9N Min (2 lb.)
Dimensions Low Profile JCASE
®
BOXED
CARDED
COLOR CURRENT
CODE RATING
(A)
MATERIAL NUMBER
PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER
Blue
White
Pink
Green
Red
20
25
30
40
50
60
LJCA020.X
LJCA025.X
LJCA030.X
LJCA040.X
LJCA050.X
LJCA060.X
LJCA020.XP
LJCA025.XPA
LJCA030.XP
LJCA040.XP
LJCA050.XP
LJCA060.XP
Yellow
MCASE
®
• 15-60A • Cartridge Fuses
+
The Unslotted MCASE+ Fuse is a cartridge style fuse up to 40A with female terminals for 2.8 mm male
terminals
.
T
he Slotted MCASE+ Fuse is available up to 60A and can mate with larger male terminals
(e.g., 6.3mm) or even mount directly to onto a busbar. Miniaturized footprint for optimal usage of space,
featuring time delay and the ability to handle inrush currents. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/MCASE
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operatin
g
T
e
mperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
Fuse Insertion Force: 50N (
1
1
.
2lbf
)
T
y
pical, Extraction Force: 4N Min. (0.9 lb). | 24.5N Max. (5.5 lb)
®
+
Dimensions MCASE
BULK 500-PC
BOXED 50-PC
BOXED 5-PC
CARDED 1-PC
COLOR CURRENT
CODE RATING
(A)
UNSLOTTED
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
Gray
Blue
White
Pink
15
20
25
30
40
0695015.U
0695020.U
0695025.U
0695030.U
0695040.U
0695015.LPXP
0695020.LPXP
0695025.LPXP
0695030.LPXP
0695040.LPXP
MCAS015.V
MCAS020.V
MCAS025.V
MCAS030.V
MCAS040.V
MCAS015.XP
MCAS020.XP
MCAS025.XP
MCAS030.XP
MCAS040.XP
Green
BULK 500-PC
BOXED 50-PC
BOXED 5-PC
CARDED 1-PC
COLOR CURRENT
CODE RATING
(A)
SLOTTED
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
Gray
Blue
White
Pink
Green
Red
Yellow
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
0695015.US
0695020.US
0695025.US
0695030.US
0695040.US
0695050.US
0695060.US
0695015.LPXPS
0695020.LPXPS
0695025.LPXPS
0695030.LPXPS
0695040.LPXPS
0695050.LPXPS
0695060.LPXPS
MCAS015.VS
MCAS020.VS
MCAS025.VS
MCAS030.VS
MCAS040.VS
MCAS050.VS
MCAS060.VS
MCAS015.XPS
MCAS020.XPS
MCAS025.XPS
MCAS030.XPS
MCAS040.XPS
MCAS050.XPS
MCAS060.XPS
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
16
Circuit Protection
Bolt-Down Fuses
MEGA
®
• 80-500A • Bolt-Down Fuses
Littelfuse patented fuse designed for high current
protection up to 500A found on many OEM
vehicles. Slo-Blo
®
feature eliminates nuisance
blowing during temporary, short duration overloads.
Commonly used for battery and alternator
connections and other heavy gauge cables
requiring ultra high current protection. Also available
with a clear housing, M6 mounting hole, single
mounting hole or silver plating. For details, contact
Littelfuse or visit:
littelfuse.com/MEGA
1
BOXED 50-PC
BOXED 1-PC
CARDED
CURRENT
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
0MEG080.XPA
RATING (A)
80
–
0MEG080.X
0MEG100.X
0MEG125.X
0MEG150.X
0MEG175.X
0MEG200.X
0MEG225.X
0MEG250.X
0MEG300.X
0MEG350.X
0MEG400.X
0MEG450.X
0MEG500.X
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
500
0MEG100.L
0MEG125.L
0MEG150.L
0MEG175.L
0MEG200.L
0MEG225.L
0MEG250.L
0MEG300.L
0MEG350.L
0MEG400.L
0MEG450.L
0MEG500.L
0MEG100.XP
0MEG125.XP
0MEG150.XP
0MEG175.XP
0MEG200.XP
0MEG225.XP
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo
®
0MEG250.XP
–
–
–
–
–
Dimensions MEGA
®
MIDI
®
• 30-200A • Bolt-Down Fuses
Littelfuse patented fuse found on many OEM
vehicles. Slo-Blo
®
feature eliminates nuisance
blowing during temporary, short duration overloads.
Also available with a clear housing, M6 mounting
hole, single mounting hole or silver plating. For
details, contact Littelfuse or visit:
littelfuse.com/MIDI
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo
®
BULK 10-PC
MATERIAL
NUMBER
BOXED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CURRENT
RATING (A)
30
40
50
60
70
0498030.TXN
0498040.TXN
0498050.TXN
0498060.TXN
0498070.TXN
0498080.TXN
0498100.TXN
0498125.TXN
0498150.TXN
0498200.TXN
–
–
–
–
0MID050.X
0MID050.XP
–
–
–
–
Dimensions MIDI
®
80
0MID080.X
0MID080.XP
100
125
150
200
–
–
–
–
–
–
0MID150.XP
–
ZCASE
®
• 40-600A • Bolt-Down Fuses
Designed for a one bolt connection M6 (125-250A)
or M8 (300-600A) and can be used directly on a
battery post or busbar connection.
BULK 480-PC
BULK 100-PC
CARDED
CURRENT
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
RATING (A)
40
60
80
3298040.Z
3298060.Z
3298080.Z
3298100.Z
3298125.Z
3298150.Z
3298175.Z
3298200.Z
3298225.Z
3298040.H
3298060.H
3298080.H
3298100.H
3298125.H
3298150.H
3298175.H
3298200.H
3298225.H
3298250.H
3298300.H
3298350.H
3298400.H
3298500.H
3298600.H
–
–
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/ZCASE
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo
®
ZCAS080.XP
ZCAS100.XP
ZCAS125.XP
ZCAS150.XP
ZCAS175.XP
ZCAS200.XP
ZCAS225.XP
ZCAS250.XP
ZCAS300.XP
ZCAS350.XP
ZCAS400.XP
ZCAS500.XP
–
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
500
600
Dimensions ZCASE
®
3298250.Z
3298300.ZXSTA
3298350.ZXSTA
3298400.ZXSTA
3298500.ZXSTA
3298600.ZXSTA
17
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Auto Link Fuses
PAL Auto Link Fuses
Commonly found on many Japanese and Domestic built vehicles in current ratings up to 140 amperes.
Available with female connector, male connector, bent connector and locking female connector.
Color coded to indicate amp rating.
1
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/PAL
PAL MINI
®
Female Terminal
PAL Female Terminal
BOXED
CARDED
BOXED
CARDED
COLOR
CODE
COLOR
CODE
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Blue
Pink
20
30
40
50
60
0PAL020.X
0PAL030.X
0PAL040.X
0PAL050.X
0PAL060.X
0PAL020.XP
0PAL030.XP
0PAL040.XP
0PAL050.XP
0PAL060.XP
Pink
30A
0PAL330.X
0PAL340.X
0PAL330.XP
0PAL340.XP
Green
40A
Green
Red
Yellow
PAL Straight Male Terminal
PAL 9/16″ Bent Male Terminal
BOXED
CARDED
BOXED
CARDED
COLOR
CODE
COLOR
CODE
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Pink
Yellow
Black
Blue
30
60
0PAL130.X
0PAL160.X
0PAL180.X
0PAL1100X
0PAL1120X
0PAL130.XP
0PAL160.XP
0PAL180.XP
0PAL1100XP
0PAL1120XP
Pink
Green
Red
30
40
0PAL430.X
0PAL440.X
0PAL450.X
0PAL480.X
0PAL4100X
–
0PAL430.XP
0PAL440.XP
0PAL450.XP
0PAL480.XP
0PAL4100XP
0PAL4120XP
0PAL4140XP
80
50
100
120
Black
Blue
80
Gray
100
White
120
Purple
140
–
PAL 13/16″ Bent Male Terminal
PAL Locking Female Terminal
BOXED
CARDED
BOXED
CARDED
COLOR
CODE
COLOR
CODE
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Pink
Green
Red
30
40
0PAL230.X
0PAL240.X
0PAL250.X
0PAL260.X
0PAL270.X
0PAL280.X
0PAL2100X
0PAL2120X
–
0PAL230.XP
0PAL240.XP
0PAL250.XP
0PAL260.XP
0PAL270.XP
0PAL280.XP
0PAL2100XP
0PAL2120XP
0PAL2140XP
Brown
Green
25
30
0PAL525.X
0PAL530.X
0PAL525.XP
0PAL530.XP
50
Yellow
Brown
Black
Blue
60
70
80
100
120
Gray
Purple
140
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
18
Circuit Protection
Glass Fuses
AG • Glass Fuses
Originally stood for “all glass
.
”
T
he automotive industry uses the
“
A
G” prefix (AGC, AGW) for most glass
fuses
.
T
hey vary in length, diameter and amperage rating.
1
AGA (1/4” x 5/8”)
AGW (1/4” x 7/8”)
AGC (1/4” x 1-1/4”)
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Glass
Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted
BOXED
CARDED
BOXED
CARDED
BOXED
CARDED
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
AGY (1/4” x 1-7/16”)
AGA (1AG)
AGU (5AG)
AGC (3AG)
1
2
3
5
6
0AGA001.V
0AGA002.V
0AGA003.V
0AGA005.V
0AGA006.V
0AGA001.VP
0AGA002.VP
0AGA003.VP
0AGA005.VP
–
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
0AGU010.T
0AGU015.T
0AGU020.T
0AGU025.T
0AGU030.T
0AGU035.T
–
–
–
–
–
–
.5
1
0AGC.500V
0AGC001.V
–
AGU (13/32” x 1-1/2”)
0AGC001.VP
0AGC01.5VP
0AGC002.VP
0AGC02.5VP
0AGC003.VP
0AGC004.VP
0AGC005.VP
0AGC006.VP
0AGC07.5VP
–
1.5 0AGC01.5V
0AGC002.V
2.5 0AGC02.5V
2
7.5 0AGA07.5V
–
3
4
5
6
0AGC003.V
0AGC004.V
0AGC005.V
0AGC006.V
10
15
20
25
30
0AGA010.V
0AGA015.V
0AGA020.V
0AGA025.V
0AGA030.V
0AGA010.VP
0AGA015.VP
0AGA020.VP
–
0AGU040.T 0AGU040.VPG
0AGU050.T 0AGU050.VPG
0AGU060.T 0AGU060.VPG
AGX (8AG)
7.5 0AGC07.5V
20
25
30
–
–
–
0AGX020.VP
0AGX025.VP
0AGX030.VP
0AGA030.VP
8
0AGC008.V
0AGC010.V
0AGC015.V
0AGC020.V
0AGC025.V
0AGC030.V
0AGC035.V
AGW (7AG)
10
15
20
25
30
35
0AGC010.VP
0AGC015.VP
0AGC020.VP
0AGC025.VP
0AGC030.VP
0AGC035.VP
1
0AGW001.V
–
–
–
–
–
1.5 0AGW01.5V
2.5 0AGW02.5V
3
4
5
6
0AGW003.V
0AGW004.V
0AGW005.V 0AGW005.VP
0AGW006.V
–
15 0AGW015.V 0AGW015.VP
20 0AGW020.V 0AGW020.VP
30 0AGW030.V 0AGW030.VP
BOXED
CARDED
SFE • Glass Fuses
Glass fuses designed to specifications set by the Society of Fuse
Engineers. All are 1/4 inch in diameter, but vary in length according
to the ampere rating to ensure accurate fuse replacement.
SFE4 (1/4” x 5/8”)
SFE6 (1/4” x 3/4”)
CURRENT
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
RATING (A)
SFE14
(1/4” x 1-1/16”)
SFE7.5, SFE9
(1/4” x 7/8”)
4
6
7.5
9
14
20
30
0SFE004.V
0SFE006.V
0SFE07.5V
0SFE009.V
0SFE014.V
0SFE020.V
0SFE030.V
0SFE004.VP
0SFE006.VP
0SFE07.5VP
0SFE009.VP
0SFE014.VP
0SFE020.VP
0SFE030.VP
Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Glass
SFE20 (1/4” x 1-1/4”)
SFE30 (1/4” x 1-7/16”)
GBC • Torpedo Fuse
BOXED
CARDED
A thermoplastic type, torpedo shaped fuse that can be currently
found in many European cars. Consisting of a heat resistant
body, the fuse element stretches over the exterior of the body
from end to end
.
T
he bodies vary in color (by amperage) to
ensure proper replacement.
CURRENT
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
RATING (A)
GBC
(6 x 25mm)
5
8
16
25
0GBC005.V
0GBC008.V
0GBC016.V
0GBC025.V
–
0GBC008.VP
0GBC016.VP
0GBC025.VP
Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Glass
19
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Specialty Fuse Products
• Voltage
Rating:
• Ampere
Range:
• Interrupting
Rating: 2,500A
• Maximum
T
o
rque: 90
lbs
CNL: 32V DC / 32V AC
CNN: 48V DC / 125V AC
CNNe: 80V DC / 125V AC
10-800A
CNNe, CNN, CNL Forklift Type Fuses
CNNe fuses are rated for applications up to 80V
DC. As fork lift trucks voltages increase, circuit
protection needs to be rated higher to handle the
increased voltage. The 80V CNN_E and 48V CNN
are considered very fast-acting for quicker reaction
time, the 32V CNL fuses are fast-acting.
1
Download additional information:
littelfuse.com/CNN
PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER
MATERIAL #
CATALOG #
MATERIAL #
CATALOG #
MATERIAL #
0CNL035.V
0CNL040.V
0CNL050.V
0CNL060.V
0CNL080.V
0CNL100.V
0CNL125.V
0CNL150.V
0CNL175.V
0CNL200.V
0CNL250.V
0CNL275.V
0CNL300.V
0CNL325.V
0CNL350.V
0CNL400.V
0CNL500.V
CATALOG #
CNL035
CNL040
CNL050
CNL060
CNL080
CNL100
CNL125
CNL150
CNL175
CNL200
CNL250
CNL275
CNL300
CNL325
CNL350
CNL400
CNL500
0CNN010.V
0CNN035.V
0CNN040.V
0CNN050.V
0CNN060.V
0CNN080.V
0CNN090.V
0CNN100.V
0CNN125.V
0CNN150.V
0CNN175.V
0CNN200.V
0CNN225.V
0CNN250.V
0CNN275.V
0CNN300.V
0CNN325.V
0CNN350.V
0CNN400.V
0CNN500.V
0CNN600.V
0CNN700.V
0CNN800.V
CNN010
CNN035
CNN040
CNN050
CNN060
CNN080
CNN090
CNN100
CNN125
CNN150
CNN175
CNN200
CNN225
CNN250
CNN275
CNN300
CNN325
CNN350
CNN400
CNN500
CNN600
CNN700
CNN800
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
0CNN035E.V
0CNN040E.V
0CNN050E.V
0CNN060E.V
0CNN080E.V
0CNN090E.V
0CNN100E.V
0CNN125E.V
0CNN150E.V
0CNN175E.V
0CNN200E.V
0CNN225E.V
0CNN250E.V
0CNN275E.V
0CNN300E.V
0CNN325E.V
0CNN350E.V
0CNN400E.V
0CNN500E.V
0CNN600E.V
0CNN700E.V
0CNN800E.V
CNN035E
CNN040E
CNN050E
CNN060E
CNN080E
CNN090E
CNN100E
CNN125E
CNN150E
CNN175E
CNN200E
CNN225E
CNN250E
CNN275E
CNN300E
CNN325E
CNN350E
CNN400E
CNN500E
CNN600E
CNN700E
CNN800E
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
160/300V DC • 1-1200A • UL Class T • JLLN & JLLS Series Fuses
• Voltage
Rating:
JLLN: 160V DC (1-60A) • 125V DC (70-1200A except 900A)
JLLS: 300V DC (1-1200A)
Download technical information at:
littelfuse.com/JLLN
or
littelfuse.com/JLLS
JLLN
JLLS
JLLN
JLLS
CURRENT
RATING (A)
PACK
SIZE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
PACK
SIZE
V DC
MATERIAL NUMBER
V DC
MATERIAL NUMBER
V DC
MATERIAL NUMBER
V DC
MATERIAL NUMBER
1
2
3
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
125
125
125
125
125
JLLN001.T
JLLN002.T
JLLN003.T
JLLN006.T
JLLN010.T
JLLN015.T
JLLN020.T
JLLN025.T
JLLN030.T
JLLN035.T
JLLN040.T
JLLN045.T
JLLN050.T
JLLN060.T
JLLN070.V
JLLN080.V
JLLN090.V
JLLN100.V
JLLN110.X
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
JLLS001.T
JLLS002.T
JLLS003.T
JLLS006.T
JLLS010.T
JLLS015.T
JLLS020.T
JLLS025.T
JLLS030.T
JLLS035.T
JLLS040.T
JLLS045.T
JLLS050.T
JLLS060.T
JLLS070.V
JLLS080.V
JLLS090.V
JLLS100.V
JLLS110.X
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
–
JLLN125.X
JLLN150.X
JLLN175.X
JLLN200.X
JLLN225.X
JLLN250.X
JLLN300.X
JLLN350.X
JLLN400.X
JLLN450.X
JLLN500.X
JLLN600.X
JLLN700.X
JLLN800.X
–
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
JLLS125.X
JLLS150.X
JLLS175.X
JLLS200.X
JLLS225.X
JLLS250.X
JLLS300.X
JLLS350.X
JLLS400.X
JLLS450.X
JLLS500.X
JLLS600.X
JLLS700.X
JLLS800.X
JLLS900.X
JLLS1000X
JLLS1100X
JLLS1200X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
5
5
5
1
125
125
125
JLLN1000X
JLLN1100X
JLLN1200X
Honda, Volkswagen and Universal Fusible Links
Honda
Fusible links fit Honda Civics fusible link bar. Available in
45, 55 & 65A. Carded merchandise only available in 3 piece assortment 094413.
V
o
lkswagen
Universal
Fusible links fit Volkswagen and Universal fusible link bars. Available in 30, 40, 50, 60,
80,
1
1
0
, 150 & 175 amp fuse bars.
Fusible links are OEM replacement fusible link bars. Available in 30, 50, 80 & 100A.
CARDED PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL NUMBER
00940413ZP
CATALOG NUMBER
094413
Fusible Link assortment – fits Honda
™
vehicles
Fusible Link assortment – fits Volkswagen
™
vehicles
Fusible Link 14 AWG
00940402ZP
0FLC014.XP
0FLW014.XP
0FLW016.XP
0940402
FLC14BP
FLW14BP
Fusible Link 14 AWG with Terminals
Fusible Link 16 AWG with Terminals
FLW16BP
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
20
Circuit Protection
Assortment Kits
Value Pack Kits
The Littelfuse Value Packs contain a complete assortment of OEM fuses. Value Packs give you the tools for the protection you need —
when and where you need it! The Ultimate fuse kit for home and repair shop comes in a clear plastic, reusable package.
1
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
00940400Z
00940462Z
00940475Z
00940550Z
094400
094462
094475
094550
AT
O
S
uper Value Pack 40pc
MIN
I
S
uper Value Pack 40pc
ATO , MINI, MAX
I
S
uper Value Pack 21pc
MIN
I
/
JCASE Super Value Pack 29pc
Low Profile MINI / Low Profile JCASE
Super Value Pack 30pc
00940554Z
–
00940557ZXA
00940566ZXA
–
–
AGC Glas
s
S
uper Value Pack 40pc
MICRO2/MICRO3 Super Value Pack 60pc
Fuse Assortment Kits
Littelfuse assortments contain a variety of a specific fuse type in assorted amperages.
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS
00940133ZP
00940134ZP
00940135ZP
00940154ZP
00940189ZP
00940202ZP
00940301ZP
00940362ZP
00940408ZP
00940506ZP
00940558ZPA
00940559ZPA
0AGA0001ZP
0AGA0002ZP
0AGA0003ZP
0AGC0001ZP
0AGC0002ZP
0AGC0003ZP
0AGC0004ZP
0AGC0005ZP
0AGW0001ZP
0AGW0002ZP
0AGX0002ZP
0SFE0001ZP
94133
European Fuse Assortment
British Fuse Assortment
2 each: GBC 8A, 16A Fuses & 1 each: GBC 25 A
94134
1 each: AGC 7.5A, 15A, 20A (SFE 20)
1 each: 03000128M Amp Fuses
1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A (SFE 20), 30A Fuses
1 each: AGC 10A, 15A, 30A & 1 each: SFE 9A, 14A, 20A Fuses
1 each: AGC 1.5A, 3A Fuses & 3 each: AGC 2A Fuses
1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
94135
Japanese Fuse Assortment
American Fuse Assortment
Cellular Fuse Assortment
94154
94189
94202
ATO Fuse Assortment 6pc
Japanese ATO Fuse Assortment
MINI Fuse Assortment
94301
1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses
94362
1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
1 each: AGC .5A Fuses &
2 each: AGC 1A, 2A Fuses
1 each: LMIN 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each:
MICRO2 5A,
10A, 15A, 20A, 25A
Fuses
1 each: 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A Fuses
94408
Computer Fuse Assortment
Low Profile MINI Fuse Assortment
MICRO2 Fuse Assortment
MCASE Fuse Assortment
94506
94558
94559
AGA1ZP
AGA2ZP
AGA3ZP
AGC1ZP
AGC2ZP
AGC3ZP
AGC4ZP
AGC5ZP
AGW1ZP
AGW2ZP
AGX2ZP
SFE1ZP
AGA Glass Fuse Assortment
AGA Glass Fuse Assortment
AGA Glass Fuse Assortment
AGC Glass Fuse Assortment
AGC Glass Fuse Assortment
AGC Glass Fuse Assortment
AGC Glass Fuse Assortment
AGC Glass Fuse Assortment
AGW/AGX Glass Fuse Assortment
AGW Glass Fuse Assortment
AGX Glass Fuse Assortment
SFE Glass Fuse Assortment
1 each: AGA 1A, 2A, 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: AGA 2A, 3A, 10A Fuses & 2 each: AGA 5A Fuses
1 each: AGA 15A Fuse & 2 each: AGA 20A, 30A Fuses
NEW
NEW
1 each: AGC 1A, 2A, 2.5A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7.5A, 8A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 35A Fuses
1 each: AGC 1A, 2A, 2.5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 3A Fuses
1 each: AGC 4A, 6A, 7.5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 5A Fuses
1 each: AGC 10A Fuse & 2 each: AGC 15A, 20A Fuses
1 each: AGC 35A Fuse & 2 each: AGC 25A, 30A Fuses
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
1 each: AGW 3A, 4A, 5A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses 1 each: AGX 3A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: AGW 5A, 20A, 30A Fuses & 2 each: AGW 15A Fuses
1 each: AGX 25A, 30A Fuses & 3 each: AGX 20A Fuses
NEW
NEW
1 each: SFE 4A, 6A, 7.5A, 9A Fuses & 2 each: 14A, 20A, 30A Fuses
®
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS
00940202ZPGLO
00940362ZPGLO
00940400ZGLO
00940462ZGLO
10-1008
11-1008
14-0000
15-0000
ATO SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack
MINI SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack
ATO SmartGlow Assortment 42 pack
MINI SmartGlow Assortment
36 pack
1 each: ATO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: MINI 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
7 each: ATO GLO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
6 each: MINI GLO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
ATO SmartGlow Assortment
5 pack w/ Flashlight
1 each: ATO GLO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses &
(1) MINI Keychain LED Flashlight
00940555ZPGLO
00940556ZPGLO
–
MINI SmartGlow Assortment
5 Pack w/ Flashlight
1 each: MINI GLO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses &
(1) MINI Keychain LED Flashlight
094556
0AGC0001ZPGLO
0SFE0001ZPGLO
16-1008
–
AGC Glass Assortment 5 pack
1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses
SFE Glass SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack
1 each: SFE 7.5A, 9A, 14A & 2 each: 20A Fuses
21
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Assortment Kits
Emergency Kits
Available in OEM ATO and MINI fuse versions. The Littelfuse Emergency Diagnostic Fuse Kits are ideal for
the glove box or trunk offering instant protection in the garage or on the road. Contains the most popular
amperages.
1
Includes roadside tester/puller that tests, removes and installs fuses. Has its own power source that allows it
to operate with or without voltage to a maximum of 24V DC.
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS
00940363ZP
00940365ZP
00940366ZP
00940367ZP
094363
094365
094366
094367
MINI Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
1 each: AGX 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses
2 each: AGX 8A Fuses (1) Puller
Motorcycle Glass Emergency Kit
Motorcycle ATO Emergency Kit
American Glass Emergency Kit
1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses (1) Puller
1 each: SFE 9A, 14A, 20A
1 each: AGC 5A, 15A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
1 each: GBC 5A, 16A, 25A Fuses
2 each: GBC 8A Fuses (1) Puller
00940368ZP
094368
European GBC Emergency Kit
00940369ZP
00940370ZP
00940418ZP
00940419ZP
094369
094370
094418
094419
Japanese Glass Emergency Kit
ATO Emergency Kit
1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) ATO Puller
1 each: AGC 7.5, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A (1) Glass Puller
ATO Emergency Diagnostic Kit
Glass Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: MINI 3A, 4A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
(1) ATO/MINI Tester/Puller
00940461ZP
094461
MINI Emergency Diagnostic Kit
1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
00940479ZP
00940441ZP
094479
094441
ATO/MINI Emergency Diagnostic Kit
LP MINI Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: LP MINI 2A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses, (1) Puller
1 each: MCASE 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A Fuses, (1) MCase Puller
1 each: MICRO2 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: MICRO3 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A Fuses, (1) MICRO Puller
MCASE, MICRO2, MICRO3
Emergency Kit
00940442ZP
094442
1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
1 each: LPJCASE 30A, 40A Fuses
2 each: MINI 20A Fuses
00940561ZPA
094561
OEM Emergency Kit – GM
OEM Emergency Kit – Ford
3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
1 each: LPJCASE 30A, 40A Fuses
2 each: MINI 20A Fuses
00940562ZPA
094562
3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
2 each: MINI 20A Fuses
OEM Emergency Kit –
Chrysler/Dodge/Jeep
00940563ZPA
00940565ZPA
094563
094565
3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
1 each: MICRO2 5A, 7.5A, 10A,15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses
(2) Pullers
Toyota/Lexus
Emergency Fuse Kit
NEW
NEW
1 each: MICRO2 5A, 10A,15A, 20A, 30A Fuses
1 each: MINI 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A, 40A Fuses
1 each: MCASE+ 30A, 40A, 60A, Fuses
2 each: MCASE+ 50A
Fuses
Nissan/Infiniti
Emergency Fuse Kit
00940566ZPA
00940567ZPA
00940569ZPA
094566
094567
094569
(3) Pullers
1 each: ATO 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A 30A, 40A Fuses
1 each: MINI 2A, 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
Volkswagen/Audi
Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: JCASE 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A Fuses
1 each: HSB 40A, 50A, 80A, 110A, 175A Fuse Strip
(2) Pullers
NEW
1 each: MINI 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
1 each: LPJCASE 20A, 30A, 40A Fuses
1 each: MICRO2 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A 30A Fuses
(3) Pullers
Hyundai/Kia/Genesis
Emergency Fuse Kit
NEW
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
22
Circuit Protection
Assortment Kits
Commercial Assortments
Littelfuse Commercial Assortments cover all of the professional technician’s circuit protection
needs. Littelfuse offers the most comprehensive circuit protection kits on the market today
addressing the needs of the Professional Service Center and Road Service Operation with
genuine Littelfuse OEM fuses. Littelfuse Commercial Assortments are designed for the
professional installer who needs a larger quantity and variety of fuses at the point of installation.
Assortments are packaged in tough plastic storage containers perfect for the parts drawer, tool
box, under counter or road service vehicle.
1
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/KitAssortments
ATO
®
Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
MICRO2
®
Fuse
70 Piece Commercial Assortment
00940409Z
094409
ATO (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
00940560ZXA
00940560
MICRO2 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
ATO
®
/ MINI
®
Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
ATO (10-pc): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
MINI (10-pc): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
(1) Puller
00940422Z
094422
MICRO2
®
MICRO3
®
MCASE
®
Fuse
135 Piece Commercial Assortment
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
MICRO2 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
MICRO3 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10, 15A
MCASE (5): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A
MINI
®
Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
00940570ZXA
00940570
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
00940551Z
094551
MINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
MCASE
®
Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
Low Profile MINI
®
Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
CONTENT
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
00940565ZXA
00940565
MCASE (20): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A
00940552Z
094552
LPMINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
JCASE
®
Fuse
10 Piece Commercial Assortment
Low Profile JCASE
®
Fuse
16 Piece Commercial Assortment
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
CONTENT
JCASE (2-pc): 20A, 40A, 50A
JCASE (3-pc): 30A – JCASE (1-pc): 60A
(1) Puller
LPJCASE (4-pc): 20A, 30A, 40A
LPJCASE (2-pc): 50A, 60A
(1) Puller
00940480Z
094480
00940553Z
094553
23
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Assortment Kits
Smart Glow Commercial Assortments
1
Littelfuse Commercial Assortments cover the professional technician’s circuit
protection needs including Smart Glow style fuses. Available in ATO and MINI
fuse styles the assortments are packaged in tough plastic storage containers
perfect for the parts drawer, tool box, under counter or road service vehicle.
®
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/KitAssortments
It glows when it blows.
Smart Glow ATO
®
Blade Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
Smart Glow MINI
®
Blade Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
MATERIAL NUMBER
CONTENT
MATERIAL NUMBER
CONTENT
00940509ZXGLOA
ATO (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
00940510ZXGLOA
MINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
Professional Fuse Caddy
Provides a complete assortment designed to meet the professional installer’s on-the-road
fuse needs. Contains 180 of the most popular fuses and installation tools (includes ATO
®
/
MINI
®
Tester/ Puller) needed to service passenger cars and light trucks, heavy and medium
trucks and buses.
Comes in compact handy storage box perfect for the on-the-road vehicle.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/KitAssortments
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
CONTENT
ATO (5-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A – ATO (10-pc): 10A, 25A – ATO (15-pc): 15A, 20A, 20A
MINI (5-pc): 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
AGC (5-pc): 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
SFE (5-pc): 14A, 20A, 30A
00940396Z
094396
MAXI (1-pc): 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A
(1) Fuse Tester and Puller (1) Tri-puller™ (1) MAXI Fuse Puller
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
24
Circuit Protection
Assortment Kits
ox™
1
ed by Littelfuse, the kit features the exact OEM parts used for
s, ATO, MINI, LP MINI, MAXI, PAL, JCASE, LP JCASE, MCASE,
2 and MICRO3 fuses installed on over 98% of the cars, vans, light
nd SUV
’
s
o
n the road today. All come packed inside one compact,
, organized carrying case. With Red Box, your days of wasting
shelf space on redundant part numbers is over. Over 500 fuses
inside Red Box meet over 98% of the market’s circuit protection needs,
giving you more coverage and more profit with a lot less inventory.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/RedBox
Glass Module
(Module 5)
KIT Professional
Installer Case
KIT Professional Installer
KIT Professional Installer
Case
(No Glass with Module 5)
Case
(No Glass with Module 6)
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
0RED0BOXZ REDBOX
0RED0BOXZXNG REDBOXNG
MATERIAL NUMBER
0RED0BOXZXNGA
0RBOX005Z
RBOX5
0AGC001.V
0AGC002.V
0AGC003.V
0AGC004.V
0AGC005.V
0AGC006.V
0AGC007.5V
0AGC010.V
0AGC015.V
0AGC020.V
0AGC025.V
0AGC030.V
0AGW030.V
0AGX030.V
0SFE004.V
0SFE009.V
0SFE014.V
0SFE020.V
0SFE030.V
AGC GLASS BOX 1A
AGC GLASS BOX 2A
AGC GLASS BOX 3A
AGC GLASS BOX 4A
AGC GLASS BOX 5A
AGC GLASS BOX 6A
AGC GLASS BOX 7.5A
AGC GLASS BOX 10A
AGC GLASS BOX 15A
AGC GLASS BOX 20A
AGC GLASS BOX 25A
AGC GLASS BOX 30A
AGW GLASS BOX 30A
AGX GLASS BOX 30A
SFE GLASS BOX 4A
SFE GLASS BOX 9A
SFE GLASS BOX 14A
SFE GLASS BOX 20A
SFE GLASS BOX 30A
Puller Tester
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
Low Profile MINI
®
Module
(Module 1)
JCASE
®
Module
(Module 2)
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX001Z
RBOX1
0RBOX002Z
RBOX2
LMIN005.V
LMIN07.5V
LMIN010.V
LMIN015.V
LMIN020.V
LMIN025.V
LMIN030.V
5A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE
7.5A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE
10A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE
15A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE
20A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE
25A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE
30A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE
5
10
10
10
5
JCAS020.V
JCAS030.V
JCAS040.V
JCAS050.V
JCAS060.V
JCASE 32V S/B BOX 20A
JCASE 32V S/B BOX 30A
JCASE 32V S/B BOX 40A
JCASE 32V S/B BOX 50A
JCASE 32V S/B BOX 60A
2
2
2
2
2
5
10
PAL Module
(Module 4)
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Blade Fuse Module
(Module 3)
CATALOG NUMBER
RBOX4
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX004Z
0PAL020.X
0PAL030.X
0PAL040.X
0PAL050.X
0PAL060.X
0PAL130.X
0PAL160.X
0PAL180.X
0PAL1100.X
0PAL1120.X
0PAL230.X
0PAL240.X
0PAL250.X
0PAL260.X
0PAL270.X
0PAL280.X
0PAL2100.X
0PAL2120.X
0PAL330.X
0PAL340.X
0PAL430.X
0PAL440.X
0PAL450.X
0PAL480.X
0PAL4100.X
0PAL525.X
0PAL530.X
FEMALE TERM BOX 20A
FEMALE TERM BOX 30A
1
0RBOX003Z
RBOX3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0ATO005.V
0ATO07.5V
0ATO010.V
0ATO015.V
0ATO020.V
0ATO025.V
0ATO030.V
0ATO040.V
0MIN005.V
0MIN07.5V
0MIN010.V
0MIN015.V
0MIN020.V
0MIN025.V
0MIN030.V
0MAX020.V
0MAX030.V
0MAX040.V
0MAX050.V
0MAX060.V
0MAX070.V
0MAX080.V
00970019X
FHAC0002Z
0FHM0002Z
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 5A
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 7.5A
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 10A
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 15A
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 20A
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 25A
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 30A
ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 40A
MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 5A
MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 7.5A
MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 10A
MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 15A
MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 20A
MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 25A
MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 30A
MAXI BLADE BOX 20A
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
10
10
10
20
20
20
10
10
2
FEMALE TERM BOX 40A
FEMALE TERM BOX 50A
FEMALE TERM BOX 60A
MICRO2
®
, MICRO3
®
, MCase
®
,
STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 30A
STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 60A
STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 80A
STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 100A
STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 120A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 30A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 40A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 50A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 60A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 70A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 80A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 100A
13/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 120A
MINI FEMALE TERM BOX 30A
MINI FEMALE TERM BOX 40A
9/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 30A
9/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 40A
9/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 50A
9/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 80A
9/16″ BENT MALE TERM BOX 100A
LOCKING FEMALE TERM BOX 25A
LOCKING FEMALE TERM BOX 30A
Low Profile JCASE
®
Module
(Module 6)
MATERIAL
CATALOG NUMBER
NUMBER
0RBOX006Z
RBOX6
MIC2005.V
MIC207.5V
MIC2010.V
MIC2015.V
MIC2020.V
MIC2025.V
MIC3005.V
MIC307.5V
MIC3010.V
MCAS020.V
MCAS025.V
MCAS030.V
MCAS040.V
LJCA020.V
LJCA025.V
LJCA030.V
LJCA040.V
LJCA050.V
LJCA060.V
MICRO2 Fuse 5A
MICRO2 Fuse 7.5A
MICRO2 Fuse 10A
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
MICRO2 Fuse 15A
MICRO2 Fuse 20A
MICRO2 Fuse 25A
MICRO3 Fuse 5A
MICRO3 Fuse 7.5A
MICRO3 Fuse 10A
MAXI BLADE BOX 30A
2
MAXI BLADE BOX 40A
2
MCASE Fuse 20A
MAXI BLADE BOX 50A
2
MCASE Fuse 25A
MAXI BLADE BOX 60A
2
MCASE Fuse 30A
MAXI BLADE BOX 70A
1
MCASE Fuse 40A
MAXI BLADE BOX 80A
1
LOW PROFILE JCASE 20A
LOW PROFILE JCASE 25A
LOW PROFILE JCASE 30A
LOW PROFILE JCASE 40A
LOW PROFILE JCASE 50A
LOW PROFILE JCASE 60A
FUSE TESTER
AND PULLER BOX
ATO HD INLINE FUSE HOLDER BOX
MINI HD INLINE FUSE HOLDER BOX
1
1
1
MATERIAL NUMBER
0RBOX003ZGLO
CATALOG NUMBER
RBOX3GLO
Contact your local sales manager for more information
25
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Assortment Kits
Modular Rack Systems
The new MRS Modular Rack System is a flexible offering of fuses that can be ordered based on your needs. Each rack is sold individually
and can be locked together to sit on a counter, or wall mounted. They are also available as a complete kit. Size charts, and color
identification charts are included to serve as a guide for easy identification and replacement.
1
0MRS0007ZXA
MATERIAL NUMBER
0MRS0001Z
0MRS0002Z
0MRS0003Z
0MRS0004Z
0MRS0005Z
0MRS0006Z
0MRS0007Z
0MRS0007ZXA
0MRS0009ZXA
0MRS0200Z
0MRS0300Z
CATALOG NUMBER
MRS1
DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS
See Table Below
ATO Modular Rack System
MRS2
MINI-MAXI Modular Rack System
See Table Below
MRS3
Glass Modular Rack System
See Table Below
MRS4
PAL / MEGA Modular Rack System
See Table Below
MRS5
PAL / JCASE Modular Rack System
See Table Below
MRS6
ATO / MINI Assortments Modular Rack System
Complete Modular Rack System – 6 Racks
Complete Modular Rack System – 7 Racks
ACS / MICRO2 / MICRO3 / MCASE Modular Rack System
ATO / MINI / MAXI Modular Rack System
ATO / MINI / MAXI / Glass Modular Rack System
See Table Below
MRS7
MRS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 – See Table Below
MRS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 9 – See Table Below
See Table Below
MRS7A
MRS9
MRS200
MRS300
MRS Racks 1 & 2 (Assembled)
MRS Racks 1, 2 & 3 (Assembled)
Modular Rack Systems Part Number Contents
MATERIAL
0MRS0001Z
MRS1
0MRS0002Z
MRS2
0MRS0003Z
MRS3
0MRS0004Z
MRS4
0MRS0005Z
MRS5
0MRS0006Z
MRS6
0MRS0009ZXA
MRS9
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
ATO / MINI
FUSE TYPE
ATO
MINI / MAXI
GLASS / CERAMIC
PAL / MEGA
PAL / JCASE
MICRO2 / MICRO3 / MCASE
ASSORTMENTS
(5) ATO3
(5) ATO4
(5) MIN2
(5) MIN3
(5) AGC1
(10) SFE4
(10) SFE7.5
(10) SFE9
(2) PAL20
(4) PAL30
(1) PAL1120
(1) PAL430
(1) PAL440
(1) PAL450
(1) PAL480
(1) PAL4100
(1) PAL525
(1) PAL530
(1) JCAS40
(1) JCAS50
(1) JCAS60
(12) 094202B
(12) 094362B
(2) MIC2 5
(2) MIC2 7.5
(4) MIC2 10
(4) MIC2 15
(4) MIC2 20
(3) MIC2 25
(3) MIC2 30A
(3) MIC3 5
(3) MIC3 10
(3) MIC3 15
(2) MCAS 15
(3) MCAS 20
(2) MCAS 25
(4) MCAS 30
(3) MCAS 40
(5) AGC2
(10) AGC3
(5) AGC5
(1) PAL230
(1) PAL240
(1) PAL250
(1) PAL260
(1) PAL270
(1) PAL280
(1) PAL2100
(1) PAL2120
(1) JCAS20
(2) JCAS30
(1) PAL330
(1) PAL340
(10) ATO5
(10) ATO7.5
(15) ATO10
(15) ATO15
(20) ATO20
(10) ATO25
(15) ATO30
(5) ATO40
(5) MIN4
(3) PAL40
(10) MIN5
(10) MIN7.5
(15) MIN10
(20) MIN15
(20) MIN20
(15) MIN25
(15) MIN30
(2) MAX20
(3) MAX30
(2) MAX40
(2) MAX50
(3) MAX60
(10) SFE14
(30) SFE20
(10) SFE30
(10) GBC8
(10) GBC16
(10) GBC25
(3) PAL50
(5) AGC7.5
(10) AGC10
(20) AGC15
(20) AGC20
(10) AGC25
(30) AGC30
(5) AGW15
(5) AGW20
(2) PAL60
(1) PAL130
(2) PAL160
(3) PAL180
(2) PAL1100
(2) MEG 175
(3) MIC3 7.5
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
26
Circuit Protection
Circuit Breakers
Type 1 • Automatic Reset
Type II •
Modified Reset
Type III •
Manual Reset
Cycles or continuously resets until the
fault is corrected.
T
y
pe I circuit breakers
are typically used to protect circuits which
occasionally experience momentary
overloads such as wiper motor and
headlamp circuits where a self resetting
device is preferred.
Non-cycling, remains in open position while
there is power to the circuit. Resets when
ignition is turned off.
T
y
pe II circuit breakers
are typically used in applications where fuse
replacement is objectionable, such as power
window, seat and sunroof circuits.
Manually resettable circuit breakers remain
in the open position until a button, lever
or other external reset device is manually
depressed.
T
y
pe III circuit breakers are
typically used in applications where a
manual reset is desired for safe diagnosis
of a circuit fault.
1
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/CircuitBreakers
PART NUMBERS
CURRENT
RATING (A)
MINI
®
Footprint Circuit Breakers
BULK
BOXED
–
Designed to fit in a MINI Blade fuse block or
panel. SA
E
T
y
pe II used primarily as a wiring
harness protector in 12V DC automotive
systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
10
15
20
25
30419-10
30419-15
30419-20
30419-25
30419-15-BX
30419-20-BX
30419-25-BX
Wide MINI
®
Footprint Circuit Breakers
Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM applications. Designed to fit either in an ATO or MINI
blade fuse block or panel
.
T
heir blade configuration is of the MINI design and fit in a standard ATO fuse slot
or across two MINI slots. Available in either SA
E
T
y
pe I cycling or SA
E
T
y
pe II non-cycling used primarily as
a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
BOXED
CURRENT
APPLICATION
CYCLING
NON-CYCLING
RATING (A)
MATERIAL NUMBER
0MMB015.X
0MMB020.X
0MNB010.X
0MNB015.X
0MNB020.X
0MNB025.X
0MNB030.X
15
20
10
15
20
25
30
Heavy Truck Headlamp
Automotive Headlamp
Heavy Duty Truck
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Heavy Duty Truck
Automotive/Heavy Truck
Automotive/Heavy Truck
Automotive/Heavy Truck
Specialty OEM ATO
®
Footprint Circuit Breakers
Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM vehicles. SA
E
T
y
pe I an
d
T
y
pe II modified reset used
primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
Designed to mount in ATO style fuse blocks and panels.
BOXED
CARDED
CURRENT
RATING (A)
APPLICATION
OEM PART NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
20
30
20
25
–
0ACB020.XP
0ACB030.XP
0FCB020.XP
0CCB025.XP
Automotive Headlamp
Power Windows, & Locks
Power Windows
GM# 12040816
GM# 01252240
–
0FCB020.X
0CCB025.X
Ford# 83507005
Windows, Seats & Locks
Ford# D9AB-14526-BA Chrysler# 4527053
Fuse Clip Circuit Breakers
PART NUMBERS
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BULK
–
BOXED
Direct replacement for many OEM applications.
Designed for glass fuses without physical
alteration in the system. Fits 1-1/4″ fuse clips.
SA
E
T
y
pe II non-cycling used primarily as a
wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive
systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
10
15
20
25
30
30410-10-BX
30410-15-BX
30410-20-BX
30410-25-BX
30410-30-BX
30410-15
30410-20
30410-25
30410-30
27
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Circuit Breakers
Universal ATO
®
Footprint Circuit Breakers
Universal Circuit Breakers function identically and have same internal components as OEM breakers but
offer the versatility of snap off terminals for greater flexibility. SA
E
T
y
pe II modified reset used primarily
as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Meets OEM requirements. Conforms to
SAE J553C standard. Designed to mount in ATO style fuse blocks and panels.
1
BOXED
BOXED BULK
CARDED
CURRENT
RATING (A)
MATERIAL NUMBER
MATERIAL NUMBER
PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER
5
0UCB005.X
0UCB010.X
0UCB015.X
0UCB020.X
0UCB025.X
0UCB030.X
BUCB005.Z
BUCB010.Z
BUCB015.Z
BUCB020.Z
BUCB025.Z
BUCB030.Z
0UCB005.XP
0UCB010.XP
0UCB015.XP
0UCB020.XP
0UCB025.XP
0UCB030.XP
10
15
20
25
30
MAXI Style Circuit Breakers
Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM applications. Designed to fit a MAXI Blade fuse block
or panel. Available in either SA
E
T
y
pe I cycling or SA
E
T
y
pe II non-cycling. Used primarily as a wiring harness
protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Meet OEM requirements. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
BOXED
CURRENT
RATING (A)
NON
CYCLING
APPLICATION
CYCLING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
20
30
40
20
0MCB020.X
0MCB030.X
0MCB040.X
0MXB020.X
Automotive Headlamp
Automotive Headlamp, Seats & Wipers
–
•
•
•
Automotive Power Devices Heavy Truck & Auto Cooling Fan
•
•
Automotive Power Window Heavy Truck & Auto Cooling Fan & Power
Window
30
0MXB030.X
Circuit Breaker Mounting Brackets & Bus Bars
Mounting brackets available in steel or nylon and accept 30056 and 30137 series breakers.
Bus bars are made from heavy solid brass or copper, with holes or slots that make it easy to connect box-type circuit breakers with studs, in
order to feed a number of protected circuits.
30090-04 4-gang steel bracket
86099-5 brass busbar with holes
86126-4 copper busbar with slots
PART NUMBERS
NUMBER
MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSIONS
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
DIMENSIONS
NOTES
OF GANGS
BULK
30090-2
30090-3
30090-4
30090-6
30090-8
–
BOXED
30090-2-BX
30090-3-BX
30090-4-BX
30090-6-BX
30090-8-BX
86099-2-BX
86099-3-BX
86099-4-BX
86099-5-BX
86126-2-BX
86126-4-BX
86126-6-BX
86126-8-BX
86126-12-BX
2
3
.81” x 1.29” (122.2 x 32.8 mm)
5.71” x 1.29” (145.0 x 32.8mm)
6.62” x 1.29” (160.1 x 32.8mm)
8.43” x 1.29” (214.1 x 32.8mm)
10.25” x 1.29” (260.4 x 32.8mm)
1.53” long (38.9mm)
4.00” (101.6mm) on centers
1.90” (124.5mm) on centers
5.81” (147.6mm) on centers
7.62” (193.5mm) on centers
9.43” (239.5mm) on centers
–
For all steel breakers without a bracket.
Breakers snap into position, engaging
with dimples in the case of the breaker.
Mounting Bracket
4
Steel
Brass
6
8
2
86099-3
86099-4
86099-5
86126-2
86126-4
86126-6
86126-8
86126-12
3
2.43” long (61.7mm)
–
Holes: .910” (23.1mm) on centers,
0.21” (5.3mm) diameter
4
3.34” long (84.8mm)
–
5
4.24” long (197.7mm)
–
Busbar
2
1.41” x .560” (35.8 x 14.2mm)
3.23” x .560” (82.1 x 14.2mm)
5.05” x .560” (128.3 x 14.2mm)
6.87” x .560” (174.5 x 14.2mm)
10.51” x .560” (267.0 x 14.2mm)
.910” (23.11mm) on centers
2.73” (69.34mm) on centers
4.55” (115.57mm) on centers
6.37” (161.79mm) on centers
10.01” (254.25mm) on centers
Recommended for use
with brackets 87128-X
Slots: .910” on centers,
.210” (5.3mm) wide
4
6
Copper
8
12
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
28
Circuit Protection
Circuit Breakers
Box Style Circuit Breakers
Steel or plastic housing. Steel box type is approximately 1 ¼” x ¾” x 2/3″ and comes with integral brackets (to be directly affixed with
screws or bolts) or without (needs a mounting bracket). Breakers have 10-32 studs, blades or wire leads. Wire lead type has a 10″ wire
loop connected to studs and PVC-coated. Loop is intended to be cut, stripped and spliced into a circuit.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/CircuitBreakers
1
30056, 30137, 30171 – with studs, no bracket
30055, 30138, 30172 – with studs and bracket
30128 – with studs and cross-bracket
3088, 30507 – double breaker assembly
Type I Steel Case with Stud Terminals
PART NUMBERS
PART NUMBERS
NOTES
PART NUMBERS
NOTES
NOTES
RETAIL
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
BULK
BOXED
30055-10 30055-10-BX
–
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
10
15
30
40
10
15
20
30
40
–
–
30171-10 30171-10-BX
30171-15 30171-15-BX
30171-20 30171-20-BX
30171-30 30171-30-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
15
20
30
10
15
20
30
50
60
80
60
80
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
30056-10 30056-10-BX
30056-15 30056-15-BX
30056-20 30056-20-BX
30056-25 30056-25-BX
30056-30 30056-30-BX
30056-40 30056-40-BX
30056-50 30056-50-BX
–
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
10
15
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
30055-15 30055-15-BX
30055-15-BP
30055-20 30055-20-BX
30055-20-BP
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Type I
Type I
with bracket
30055-25 30055-25-BX
–
–
30055-30 30055-30-BX
30055-30-BP
30055-40 30055-40-BX
30055-40-BP
30055-50 30055-50-BX
30055-50-BP
–
Type I
24
–
–
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
30172-10
–
30172-15 30172-15-BX
30172-20 30172-20-BX
30172-30 30172-30-BX
Type I
with bracket
30138-10
30138-15
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
12
12
–
Type I sealed
with bracket
30138-30-BX
–
30138-40
30137-10
–
3088-50
3088-60
3088-80
–
30128-10 30128-10-BX
30128-15 30128-15-BX
30128-20 30128-20-BX
30128-30 30128-30-BX
30128-40 30128-40-BX
Type I
double breaker
assembly
30137-15 30137-15-BX
30137-20 30137-20-BX
3088-60-BX
3088-80-BX
Type I
sealed
Type I with
cross-bracket
–
–
20
30
•
•
12
30507-60 30507-60-BX
30507-80 30507-80-BX
Type I sealed
double breaker
assembly
30137-30
–
Stud Type Low Voltage (6-12 V DC) Circuit
Breakers
SA
E
T
y
pe I automatic reset provides protection in
installations where it is not possible to manually reset
a breaker because of location or safety requirements.
Used primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V
DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C
standard. Available with or without mounting bracket.
30062 with wire leads,
with bracket
30063 with wire leads,
without bracket
BOXED W/O BRACKET
MATERIAL NUMBER
0812005.ZXST
0812006.ZXST
–
BOXED W/ BRACKET
MATERIAL NUMBER
0813005.ZXST
–
CARDED
CURRENT
RATING (A)
PVC-Coated Steel Case with Wire Terminals
MATERIAL NUMBER
5
–
PART NUMBERS
NOTES
6
–
BULK
–
BOXED
30062-20-BX
30062-30-BX
–
8
0813008.ZXST
0813010.ZXST
0813015.ZXST
0813020.ZXST
0813025.ZXST
0813030.ZXST
0813040.ZXST
0813050.ZXST
–
20
30
10
10
30
•
•
•
•
•
10
15
20
25
30
4
0812010.ZXST
0812015.ZXST
0812020.ZXST
0812025.ZXST
0812030.ZXST
0812040.ZXST
0812050.ZXST
–
12
12
Type I with Bracket
30062-30
30063-10
30063-20
30063-30
–
0813020.XP
–
30063-20-BX
–
Type I
0813030.XP
0813040.XP
0813050.XP
50
29
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Circuit Breakers
50-150A • 32V DC • Hi-Amp Type III
• Circuit Breakers
These high amp circuit breakers are typically used in auxiliary and accessory circuits for trucks,
buses, RVs and marine applications in battery charger systems and DC audio systems. All high
amp circuit breakers comply with the SAE J
1
117
a
nd J1625 standard for ignition protection.
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Agency Approvals: UL Approved for all amp ratings at 32V DC
Interrupting Rating: 3000A @30V DC
Ignition Protection: SAE J1625 and J
1
1
7
1
Material
:
T
hermoset Plastic UL Rating 94VO
T
e
mperature Range: -32C to 92C
RoHS Compliant
Waterproof
BOXED PART NUMBERS
CARDED PART NUMBERS
CURRENT
INTERRUPTING
RATING
RoHS
MATERIAL
CATALOG
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
RATING (A)
NUMBER
0185050.X
0185060.X
0185070.X
0185080.X
–
50
60
185050
185060
185070
185080
–
–
–
3000A @ 30V DC
3000A @ 30V DC
3000A @ 30V DC
3000A @ 30V DC
3000A @ 30V DC
3000A @ 30V DC
3000A @ 30V DC
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
70
–
–
80
–
–
100
120
150
0185100.XP
0185120.XP
0185150.XP
185100BP
185120BP
185150BP
–
–
–
–
MINI
®
Type I Circuit Breakers
Designed to fit in a MINI blade fuse block or panel.
Conforms to SAE J553.
Cycles or continuously
resets until the fault is corrected.
T
y
pe I circuit breakers are typically used to protect circuits which
occasionally experience momentary overloads such as wiper motor and headlamp circuits where a
self resetting device is preferred.
CARDED PART NUMBERS
CURRENT
RATING (A)
MATERIAL NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
211010BP
10
15
20
25
30
0211010.XP
0211015.XP
211015BP
0211020.XP
211020BP
0211025.XP
211025BP
0211030.XP
211030BP
ATO
®
Circuit Breakers Series – Type I Automatic Reset
Circuit breakers and fuses are a cost-effective solution to protecting wiring, equipment and subsystems.
T
e
rminals are grooved so that they can be easily snapped off with pliers to fit the electrical blocks of different
vehicles. Use as is (long terminals) for Kenworth trucks. Use with one segment snapped off each terminal
for: Dodge trucks, Ford heavy trucks, Navistar trucks. Use with two segments snapped off (short terminals)
for Ford pickup trucks.
Colo
r
–
coded housings with rating marked on the top: 10A red, 15A blue, 20A yellow, 25A silver, 30A green.
Long terminals,
One segment
as supplied
snapped off
Two segments
snapped off
PART NUMBERS
CURRENT
COLOR
RATING (A)
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL CLAMSHELL
10
15
20
25
30
30409-10
30409-15
30409-20
30409-25
30409-30
30409-10-BX
30409-15-BX
30409-20-BX
30409-25-BX
30409-30-BX
–
Red
Blue
–
30409-20-BP
–
Yellow
Silver
Green
30409-30-BP
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
30
Fuse Blocks, Holders
&
T
e
rminal Blocks
Fuse Holders accept fuses to provide electrical protection on circuits. In the following
section, there is a wide range of fuse holders from lower current to higher current
ratings and in various levels of sealing from moisture and dust. These are all single fuse
products. For products accepting multiple fuses, refer to our Power Distribution Module
(PDM) product offerings, in the next section of this catalog.
Where Do I Need a Fuse Holder?
Fuse holders allow you to install a fuse into an electrical circuit to protect the wiring
from the harmful effects of excessive amount of electricity flowing through the cables.
The fuse is a replaceable element that will ‘blow’ to stop the flow of an overload of
electricity. If a fuse blows in a circuit, it is important to understand what caused the
issue before replacing the fuse, otherwise there is a risk of repeated failures.
Fuses (in fuse holders) should be placed on every wire, as close to the point of the
source of power (the battery) as possible. Every time a wire is split or spliced into
smaller wires, each of those should be fused. Single fuse holders protect a single
wire. A fuse (holder) should be properly sized. Larger diameter wires require larger
fuses and smaller diameter wires get smaller rated fuses. Refer to best practices for
proper selection fuses for your system
Sealed or Unsealed
Depending where on the vehicle a fuse holder is placed, it may be wise to utilize
sealed fuse holders. In all instances, it is wise to try to have the most amount of
physical protection of the fuse/fuse holder combination that makes sense. Fuse
holders may have simple coverings (to prevent accidental shorting), all the way to
completely sealing the fuse and cable to provide protection from moisture and dust in
the electrical system. The more exposure to impurities the more risk to the safe and
efficient performance of the electrical system as these elements can cause corrosion,
and even electrical faults and failures. Some environments however are protected and
it may not be necessary to use a sealed fuse holder. Littelfuse offers a wide variety of
fuse holders that range from open to fully sealed.
31
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Bolt-Down Fuse Blocks
MEGA
®
Bolt-Down Fuse Block
Use with MEGA fuses up to 500A. Ideal for battery and alternator connections and other heavy gauge
cables requiring ultra high current protection. Includes protective cover. Features interconnecting pins on
side of fuse block for multiple block configurations. Includes M8 threaded studs and hex nuts with lock
washers. Fuse not included. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/298
PART NUMBERS
BULK 20-PC
HARDWARE
MATERIAL
2
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
STUD TORQUE
BULK 70-PC
BULK 10-PC
02980900Z
02980900S
02980900TXN
32V DC
500A
Zinc-Plated Steel
12-18 Nm
MEGA
®
SN Series Assure-Latch™ Fuse Block
The SN Series is a high amperage in-line MEGA fuse block with sealed positive latching technology. The
fuse holder base and cover are secured together with AssureLatch™ technology to form a water resistant
and ignition protected assembly. Fuse not included. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/SN
PART
NUMBERS
HARDWARE
MATERIAL
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
INGRESS
STUD TORQUE
NOTES
880014
32V DC
500A
IP66 & IP69K
Tin-Plated Steel
20 Nm
Ignition Protected
Flex-MEGA
®
Fuse Block
For use with MEGA bolt-down fuses, up to 500A. The Flex holder offers a flexible cover, which allows cable
entry from virtually any direction, large wire size, and ring terminal stack up. Busbars are available for multiple
holder applications and a dovetail feature allows interlocking of multiple Flex-MIDI and Flex-MEGA fuse holders
together for a power distribution block. Fuse not included. Additional information at:
littelfuse.com/FLEX-MEGA
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE AMPERAGE
HARDWARE MATERIAL
STUD TORQUE
NOTES
02981001ZXT
02981028HXFC-SS
02981028HXFC
BUSBAR PART NUMBERS
882-839-2
32V DC
32V DC
32V DC
500A
500A
500A
Zinc-Plated Steel
Stainless Steel
Zinc-Plated Steel
12-18 Nm
12-18 Nm
12-18 Nm
330 PC
–
–
DESCRIPTION
HARDWARE MATERIAL
Tin-Plated Copper
Tin-Plated Copper
Tin-Plated Copper
Tin-Plated Copper
–
–
–
–
–
NOTES
2 Position Bus Bar
3 Position Bus Bar
4 Position Bus Bar
5 Position Bus Bar
For use 2 Fuse Holders
For use 3 Fuse Holders
For use 4 Fuse Holders
For use 5 Fuse Holders
882-839-3
882-839-4
882-839-5
MIDI
®
SN Series Assure-Latch™ Fuse Block
The SN Series is a high amperage in-line MEGA fuse block with sealed positive latching technology. The
fuse holder base and cover are secured together with AssureLatch™ technology to form a water resistant
and ignition protected assembly. Fuse not included. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/SN
PART
NUMBERS
HARDWARE
MATERIAL
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
INGRESS
STUD TORQUE
NOTES
880015
32V DC
200A
IP66 & IP69K
Tin-Plated Steel
20 Nm
Ignition Protected
Flex-MIDI
®
Fuse Block
For use with MIDI bolt-down fuses, up to 200A. The Flex holder offers a flexible cover, which allows cable
entry from virtually any direction, large wire size, and ring terminal stack up. Busbars are available for multiple
holder applications and a dovetail feature allows interlocking of multiple Flex-MIDI and Flex-MEGA fuse holders
together for a power distribution block. Fuse not included. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FLEX-MIDI
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE AMPERAGE
HARDWARE MATERIAL
STUD TORQUE
NOTES
04981038HXFC
04982001ZXFC
BUSBAR PART NUMBERS
882-267-002
32V DC
32V DC
DESCRIPTION
2 Position Bus Bar
3 Position Bus Bar
4 Position Bus Bar
5 Position Bus Bar
200A
200A
Zinc-Plated Steel
Zinc-Plated Steel
HARDWARE MATERIAL
Tin-Plated Copper
3.0-5.0 Nm
3.0-5.0 Nm
–
2 Holders with Busbar
NOTES
For use 2 Fuse Holders
For use 3 Fuse Holders
For use 4 Fuse Holders
For use 5 Fuse Holders
–
–
–
–
–
882-267-003
882-267-004
882-267-005
Tin-Plated Copper
Tin-Plated Copper
Tin-Plated Copper
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
32
Fuse Blocks & Holders
In-Line Fuse Holders
MIDI
®
Compact In-line Fuse Holder
Designed for use with bolt-down MIDI style fuses. It can be conveniently installed directly in-line with
the cables and no mounting required. The fuse holder is easy to shrinkwrap for environmental
protection and the corners of the cover are curved so that shrinkwrap will not be split.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/498-IL
2
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
HARDWARE MATERIAL
BULK 500-PC
04980921GXM5
Complete Assembly
200A
Zinc-Plated Steel
MIDI
®
In-line Fuse Holder
Use with MIDI fuses up to 200 amps. Includes protective cover. Features interconnecting pins on side of
fuse block for multiple block configurations. Includes M5 threaded studs and hex nuts with lock washers.
Fuse not included.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/498
PART NUMBERS
HARDWARE
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
MATERIAL
BULK 10-PC
0498900.TXN
–
BULK 20-PC
BULK 330-PC
04980900S
–
04980900ZXT
04980903ZXT
Complete Assembly
Holder with mounting brackets
200A
200A
Zinc-Plated Steel
Zinc-Plated Steel
Includes protective cover, threaded
M5 studs, split washers, and hexnuts
–
–
04980904ZXT
200A
Zinc-Plated Steel
MAXI In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers – MAH Series
Use with MAXI Fuse up to 60 amps. Supplied with two 6″ wire leads of 6 gauge black wire. Includes
protective cover for harsh environment and mounting hole for easy firewall installation.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/MAH
BOXED PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
DETAILS AMPERAGE
INGRESS
COVER
MATERIAL
CATALOG
NUMBER
GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
NUMBER
MAHC0001ZXJ
MAHC0001ZXJA
MAHC0001TXJ
MAH1
MAH1
MAH1
Standard
Standard
Standard
up to 60A
up to 60A
up to 60A
IP67
IP67
IP67
6
6
6
5″
5″
5″
Black
Red
Black
•
•
•
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
MAXI In-line Blade Splash Resistant Fuse Holders with Covers – 152 Series
The In-line Splash Resistant Fuse Holder provides an efficient, simple installation method for MAXI fuse
applications in harsh unde
r
–
the-hood environments
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/152
PART NUMBERS
BULK 10-PC
KIT CONTENTS
DETAILS
AMPERAGE INGRESS
SEALS TERMINALS COVER
01520003TXN941
for 4-6mm
2
wire
for 6-10mm
2
wire
Body with tabs
60A
60A
60A
60A
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
01520003TXN942
01520005Z
01520006Z
Body without tabs
MAXI In-line Fuse Holders with Optional Covers – MAB Series
Use with MAXI fuses up to 60 amps. Safe/easy replacement for hard to replace fusible link wire. Perfect
for high amp audio applications. Interlocking block feature permits two pole position installation. Contains
screw terminals. Optional dust cover available (Part Number: 01520007Z).
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/MAB
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
COVER
BULK
BOXED
CARDED
0MAB0001S
0MAB0001F
0MAB0001XP
High Amp
up to 60A
Sold Separately
33
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
In-Line Blade Fuse Holders
MINI
®
In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers – FHM Series
Use with MINI 2 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 4″ wire leads of 14 gauge black wire. Includes
protective cover for harsh environment. Heavy Duty MINI
®
In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers –
FHM Series
:
Use with MINI 25 and 30A fuses. Supplied with two 4″ wire leads of 12 gauge orange
wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/FHM
PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
CARDED
2
DETAILS AMPERAGE
INGRESS
COVER
BULK 20-PC
MATERIAL
CATALOG
NUMBER
GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
NUMBER
0FHM0001SXJ
0FHM0002SXJ
–
0FHM0001XP
0FHM0002XP
0FHM0001XPGLO
FHM1BP
FHM2BP
20-1020
Standard
Heavy Duty
Smart Glow
2-20A
25-30A
–
IP67
IP67
IP67
14
12
–
4″
4″
4″
Black
Orange
Red
•
•
•
®
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
ATO
®
In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers – FHAC Series
Use with ATO 1 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 3.5″ wire leads of 16 gauge black wire. Includes
protective cover for harsh environment. Heavy Duty ATO
®
In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers – FHAC
Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses for air conditioner or other heavy duty applications. Supplied with
two 3.5″ wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/FHAC
PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
CARDED
DETAILS AMPERAGE
INGRESS
COVER
BULK 20-PC
MATERIAL
CATALOG
NUMBER
GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
NUMBER
FHAC0001SXJ
FHAC0002SXJ
FHAC0001XP
FHAC0002XP
FHAC1BP
FHAC2BP
Standard
Heavy Duty
2-20A
25-30A
IP67
IP67
16
12
3.5″
3.5″
Black
Orange
•
•
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
ATO
®
In-line Blade Fuse Holders – FHA Series
Use with ATO 1 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 4″ wire leads of 16 gauge black wire. Heavy Duty ATO
®
In-line Blade Fuse Holders – FHA Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses for air conditioner or other
heavy duty applications. Supplied with two 4″ wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. FHA30BP includes 30
amp fuse.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/FHA
PART NUMBERS
CARDED
MATERIAL CATALOG
MATERIAL CATALOG
NUMBER NUMBER
NUMBER NUMBER
WIRE DETAILS
BOXED
DETAILS AMPERAGE
BULK 20-PC
GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
0FHA0001SXJ 0FHA0001XP
FHA1BP
0FHA0002SXJ 0FHA0002XP
FHA2BP
–
–
–
–
Standard
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
with 30A Fuse
Smart Glow
1-20A
25-30A
16
12
4″
4″
Black
Orange
–
–
0FHA0030XP FHA30BP
0FHA0030Z FHA30
0FHA0001XPGLO
20-1010
25-30A
–
12
–
4″
4″
Orange
Red
®
–
–
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
ATO
®
In-line Panel Mount Blade Fuse Holders – AFH and 155 Series
Versatile fuse holder for in-line or snap mount panel applications. Interlock body design allows fuse
holders to be snapped together. Supplied with 8″ loop of 14 gauge black wire. Heavy Duty ATO
®
In-line
Panel Mount Blade Fuse Holders – AFH and 155 Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses. Supplied with
8″ loop of 10 gauge orange wire.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/AFH
PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
BOXED
CARDED
DETAILS AMPERAGE
MATERIAL CATALOG
MATERIAL
CATALOG
NUMBER
GAUGE
LENGTH
COLOR
NUMBER
0AFH0001Z
–
NUMBER
AFH1
NUMBER
0AFH0001XP
0AFH0002XP
–
AFH1BP
AFH2BP
–
Standard
Heavy Duty
Standard
1-20A
25-30A
20A
14
10
14
8″ loop
8″ loop
8″ loop
Black
Orange
Black
–
01550300Z
155300
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
34
Fuse Blocks & Holders
JCASE & Glass Fuse Holders
JCASE
®
In-line Cartridge Fuse Holders – FHJC & FHJ Series
In-line fuse holders for JCASE fuses available with brackets covers or wire sizes 10AWG (up to 40A) or
8AWG (up to 60A). Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FHJC
PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
DETAILS AMPERAGE
INGRESS
BRACKET COVER
BULK 250-PC
BULK 50-PC
GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
FHJC1001G
FHJC1002G
FHJC2002G
0FHJ1001G
0FHJ1002G
0FHJ2001G
0FHJ2002G
–
Standard
up to 40A
up to 60A
up to 60A
up to 40A
up to 60A
up to 40A
up to 60A
IP67
IP67
IP67
–
–
–
10AWG
8AWG
8AWG
10AWG
8AWG
10AWG
8AWG
4″
4″
4″
4″
4″
4″
4″
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
–
–
•
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
2
FHJC1002L Heavy
Duty
FHJC2002L Heavy
Duty
–
–
–
–
Standard
Heavy Duty
Standard
Heavy Duty
–
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
Glass Fuse In-line Twist-Lock Fuse Holders • FNY Series
Constructed of weather resistant nylon. Simple “twist-lock” allows easy fuse removal and replacement.
Supplied with 8″ loop of 14 gauge black wire and one spring. Use with Glass SFE 4, 6, 71/2, 9, 14, 20,
AGA, AGC, AGW and AGX Fuses up to 20 amps. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FNY
CARDED PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
MATERIAL
CATALOG
GAUGE
LENGTH
COLOR
0FNY0001XP
FNY1BP
Holder Only
up to 20A
14
8″ loop
Black
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
Glass Fuse In-line Heavy Duty Fuse Holders • FNY Series
Spring loaded heavy duty glass fuse holder includes AGC 20A or 30A fuse for GM air conditioner, heater
blower motors or other heavy duty applications. Supplied with two 4″ wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire.
FNY20BP includes 20A fuse, FNY30BP includes 30A fuse. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FNY
CARDED PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
LENGTH
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
MATERIAL
CATALOG
GAUGE
COLOR
0FNY0020XP
0FNY0030XP
FNY20BP
FNY30BP
With 20A Fuse
With 30A Fuse
20A
30A
12
12
4″
4″
Orange
Orange
Glass Fuse In-line Bayonet Knob Fuse Holders • FHP Series
Constructed of tough black thermoset (UL94V0). Includes 3 springs for various fuse sizes and spring-
locked, bayonet type knob. Supplied with 15″ loop of 14 gauge red wire. Use with Glass SFE 71/2, 9, 14,
20, AGA, AGC, AGW and AGX Fuses up to 20 amps. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FHP
BOXED PART NUMBERS
WIRE DETAILS
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
MATERIAL
CATALOG
GAUGE
LENGTH
COLOR
0FHP0001Z
FHP1
Holder Only
up to 20A
14
15″ loop
Red
Glass Fuse In-line Fuse Holders
Holders accept SFE and AGC fuses through 30A. Supplied with wire loop which can be cut and spliced.
Holder twist-locks the fuse in place. Available with the fuse. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/3031
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
WIRE DETAILS
LENGTH
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
BULK
RETAIL
GAUGE
COLOR
3031-0
3031-20
3031-30
3031-0-BX
3031-20-BX
3031-30-BX
3031-0-BP
3031-20-BP
–
Holder Only
With 20A Fuse
With 30A Fuse
up to 30A
20A
30A
14
14
14
8″ loop
8″ loop
8″ loop
Black
Black
Black
3AG Shock-Safe Panel Mount Fuse Holders
Designed to eliminate the possibility of electrical shock, as defined in IEC standards 65 and 25
7
.
Shock-Safe fuse holders feature a low profile body, finge
r
–
grip knob and anti-tease feature that
eliminates circuit interruption when knob is accidentally depressed.
CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER
VOLTAGE
250V
AMPERAGE
TERMINALS
ꢀ” straight NEMA/DIN quick connect
03453LF2XP
20A
35
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Add-A-Circuit
®
& Power Feed
ATO
®
Add-A-Circuit
®
Allows easy installation of additional circuits without cutting or splicing.
T
u
rns one fuse slot into two
while providing protection for both circuits. Maintains new car warranty. Use with ATO Fuses up to
10 amps. Carded Kit Part Numbers include ATO 3, 5,
7
.
5 and 10 amp fuses.
BULK PART NUMBERS
CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
0FHA0200ZP FHA200BP
2
MATERIAL NUMBER
0FHA0200Z
CATALOG NUMBER
FHA200
MINI
®
Add-A-Circuit
®
Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with MINI Fuses up to 10 amps.
Carded Kit Part Numbers include MINI 3, 5,
7
.
5 and 10 amp fuses.
BULK PART NUMBERS
CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
0FHM0200ZP FHM200BP
MATERIAL NUMBER
0FHM0200Z
CATALOG NUMBER
FHM200
LP MINI
®
Add-A-Circuit
®
Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with LPMINI Fuses up to 10 amps.
Carded Kit Part Numbers include LPMINI 3, 5,
7
.
5 and 10 amp fuses.
BULK PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER
FHLM0200Z
CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER
FHLM0200ZPA
MICRO2
®
Add-A-Circuit
®
Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with MICRO2 Fuses up to 10 amps.
Carded Kit Part Numbers include MICRO2 3, 5,
7
.
5 and 10 amp fuses.
BULK PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER
FHM20200Z
CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER
FHM20200ZPA
Battery Power Feed Kit
Attaches directly to battery terminal. Allows the addition of up to 3 circuits. Includes MINI fuse in-line fuse holder
with protective cap. Also can be used as a frame ground. Constructed of durable brass for optimal conductivity..
CARDED PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
0BPF0001ZP
BPF1BP
Caution:
Fusetaps are not a recommended alternative for adding circuits because they can stress the terminals in the fuse block
.
T
his situation can create a
loose fitting fuse, which in turn produces excessive heat, which can cause nuisance blows, even melting of the fuse and fuse block and possibly an expensive
repair in the future. When a fusetap is used, in many cases there is no fuse protecting the new circuit, a condition which can also present a hazard.
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
36
Fuse Blocks & Holders
Fuse Pullers and Battery Accessories
Fuse Tester and Puller
00970054N
Conveniently and easily tests ATO and MINI blade fuses either in or out of the
fuse block, with or without vehicle battery power. Indicator light on tester glows
bright green when fuse is good. Fuse puller end allows for easy fuse removal and
replacement. 24V maximum.
2
Fuse Pullers
Fuse puller allows for easy fuse removal and replacement.
00970025N
097023
BOXED PART NUMBERS
CARDED PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION
097019
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
00970019X
097019
00970019XP
097019BP
ATO & MIN
I
F
use Puller / Tester
097026
Tri-Puller™ – Glass Fuses, Ceramic Type
Fuses, ATO and MINI
Blade Fuse Puller
–
097023
00970023XP
097023BP
–
–
–
–
–
097026
00970026XP
00970038XPA
00970053XP
00970025XPA
00970054XPA
097026BP
MAXI Blade Fuse Puller
ATO and MINI Fuse Puller
JCASE Fuse Puller
097038
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
097038
MICRO2 / MICRO3 Fuse Puller
MCASE Fuse Puller
Anti-Theft Battery Master Switch
• Available
in two versions, Fused and Detachable.
• Fused
version maintains current to all electrical circuits such as the alarm, on-board computer, central
locking system and radio memory presets.
• Detachable
version features a special disconnect that allows the battery to easily be removed for anti-
theft protection. Perfect for seasonal storage needs or easy off vehicle battery charging for Autos,
Motorcycles, RV
’
s
, Boats, etc.
• Generate
sales with the lowest cost anti-theft devices available on the market today.
• A
simple turn of the knob isolates the battery and makes the vehicle unable to start.
• Makes
anti-theft protection affordable when compared to expensive alarm systems.
• Eliminates
complicated installation — no special electrical or mechanical expertise required.
• Fits
all standar
d
T
o
p Mount Post batteries. Can be used with Side Mount Post batteries by using
a
T
o
p
Mount Adapter Post (not included).
• Works
on 12 to 24 volt systems up to 135 amperes.
CARDED PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL NUMBER
CATALOG NUMBER
0ATD0300ZBP
ATD300BP
Anti-theft Battery Master Switch – Fused
37
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Multiple Position Fuse Blocks
BMZ Series • Battery Mount ZCASE
®
Fuse Holder
The BMZ fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a post style battery without any special
hardware. The isolated bolts eliminate the traditional need for nylon nuts and fuses can be assembled
using standard M8 threaded hardware.
• Max
Continuous Current: 275A
• Mounts
directly to a post style of battery
• Available
in 2 or 3 outputs
• Fusing
directly at the battery allows location of larger power distribution boxes outside of the engine
compartment while assuring protection of the supply cable
2
3-Way
2-Way
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/BMZ
PART NUMBERS
POSITIONS
DESCRIPTION
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
882-854
882-853
876-199
901-325
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
3
–
–
2 Way Bus Bar & Stud Assembly
3 Way Bus Bar & Stud Assembly
Battery Terminal
Red Rubber 2 or 3 Way Cover
Kit: 882-854 (2 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 1X M8 Bolt, 3x M8 Nuts
–
–
0FHZ00854-BX
0FHZ00853-BX
–
–
2
3
Kit: 882-853 (3 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 3x M8 Nuts
With Cover
SMZ Series • Stud Mount ZCASE
®
Fuse Holder
The SMZ stud mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a M8 or M10 stud on applications
such as batteries, alternators, battery switches or electrical relays.
• Mounts
directly to a M10 or M8 stud
• Uses
high amp ZCASE fuses, (M8) available 40-600A
• Tin
plate coating on the busbar ensures corrosion resistance
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/SMZ
FUSE TERMINAL
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING SIZE
DETAILS
NUT (M8)
0FHZ0201Z
0FHZ0202Z
0FHZ0211Z
0FHZ0212Z
M8 (8.5mm)
M8 (8.5mm)
•
901-525 Fuse/Stud Cover
901-524 Fuse Cover
•
•
•
M10 (10.5mm)
M10 (10.5mm)
901-525 Fuse/Stud Cover
901-524 Fuse Cover
ATO
®
Fuse Blocks with Common Feed
Multi-position black thermoplastic fuse block for ATO fuses. Contacts are recessed for additional
safety and a recession in the center of the block accepts a label.
• Common
hot feed – stud terminal is10-32 with hexnut, flat washer and lockwasher
• Blade
terminals are .25″ wide (6.4mm)
• Four
.218″ (5.5mm) diameter mounting holes take #10 screws
• Size:
3.375″ wide x .812″ high (85.7 x 20.6mm)
• Mounting
holes
1
.
06″ (2
7
.
0mm) on centers, widthwise.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
MOUNTING
HOLES ON
CENTERS
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
46377-6-BX 46377-6-BP
FUSE
VOLTAGE
DIMENSIONS
POSITIONS
BULK
RETAIL
46377-6
46377-8
46377-10
46377-12
46377-18
46379-6
46379-8
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
150A
150A
150A
150A
150A
150A
150A
25A
25A
25A
25A
25A
25A
25A
6
8
2.47″L x 3.375″W x .812″H
3.09″L x 3.375″W x .812″H
3.72″L x 3.375″W x .812″H
4.34″L x 3.375″W x .812″H
6.22″L x 3.375″W x .812″H
–
.625″
1.25″
1.875″
2.5″
46377-8-BX
46377-10-BX
46377-12-BX
46377-18-BX
46379-6-BX
46379-8-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
10
12
18
6
4.375″
–
8
–
–
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
38
Fuse Blocks & Holders
Multiple Position Glass Fuse Blocks
ATO
®
Fuse Blocks with 1/4″ Quick Connect Terminals
Use with ATO fuses up to 15 amps. Available in 5 pole unit with removable clear protective cover.
Available in side or bottom positioned 1/4″ Q.C. terminal configurations. Unit with bottom Q.C. terminals
includes detachable side mounting brackets.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
2
PART NUMBERS
PROTECTIVE
DETAILS
AMPERAGE
CATALOG
NUMBER
COVER
BULK 10-PC
CARDED
03500417TXN 03500417XP
350417BP
ꢀ” Q.C. side position
2-20A
•
•
03500418TXN 03500418XP
350418BP ꢀ”
Q.C. bottom position (includes mounting brackets)
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
25-30A
Omni-Blok
®
Fuse Blocks with 1/4″ Quick Connect Terminals
For 1/4″ x 1-1/4″ glass fuses. Available in one through twelve pole units. Units may be easily broken apart as
needed to obtain the desired number of poles. Rated at 20A, 300 V
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
PART NUMBERS
POLES
VOLTAGE
AMP
BULK
CARDED
–
03540801ZXGY
03540802ZXGY
03540804ZXGY
1
2
4
300V
300V
300V
20A
20A
20A
0OMN0002XP
0OMN0004XP
Common Hot Feed Glass Fuse Block
Fiber base with
1
1
/64″ (4.4mm) diameter mounting holes. Solid brass busbar, phospho
r
–
bronze fuse clips.
Brass terminals and screws.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
PART NUMBERS
MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT
FUSE
DIMENSIONS
BUSBAR
POSITIONS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
M-414-01-BP
–
M-414-01
M-415-01
M-641-01
–
–
20A
20A
20A
20A
20A
4
5
2.75″L x 2.24″W x .625″H
3.50″L x 2.24″W x .625″H
4.25″L x 2.24″W x .625″H
5.75″L x 2.24″W x .625″H
8.75″L x 2.24″W x .625″H
•
•
•
•
•
M-641-01-BX M-641-01-BP
6
M-643-01 M-643-01-BX
M-643-01-BP
8
–
–
–
12
M-674 • Combination Glass Fuse Block and Terminal Block
Combination Fuse Block &
T
e
rminal Block For SFE 20A or 3AG (AGC) fuses. Common hot feed to four
independently-fused circuits, and common ground strip for four circuits. Solid brass busbars, terminals
and terminal screws. Nickel-plated phospho
r
–
bronze fuse clips.
T
w
o eyelet holes for mounting with 3/16″
(4.8mm) screws, 2.25″ (5
7
.
2mm) on centers.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
PART NUMBERS
MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT
FUSE
POSITIONS
DIMENSIONS
BUSBAR
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
–
M-674-BX
M-674-BP
20A
4
3.50″L x 2.75″W x .781″H
•
Laminated Base Fuse Block with Screw Terminals
For 1/4″ x 1-1/4″ glass fuses. Available in one through twelve pole units. Rated at 20A, 300
V
.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
PART NUMBERS
PART NUMBERS
POLES VOLTAGE
AMP
POLES VOLTAGE
AMP
BULK
BOXED
BULK
BOXED
03560001Z
03560002Z
03560004Z
03560006Z
03560009Z
03560010Z
03560011Z
03560012Z
–
–
–
–
1
2
4
6
300V
300V
300V
300V
20A
20A
20A
20A
–
–
–
–
9
300V
300V
300V
300V
20A
20A
20A
20A
10
11
12
39
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
e
rminal Blocks
M-42X Individual Feed Screw Terminal Blocks
Moisture-resistant molded Bakelite insulator base with barrier strips. Nickel-plated brass terminal links
and 8-32 binding head screws.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/
T
e
rminalBlocks
2
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
TERMINALS
NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
DIMENSIONS
BULK
RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
M-426
M-427
M-428
M-429
M-456
M-426-BX
M-427-BX
M-428-BX
M-429-BX
M-456-BX
M-426-BP
M-427-BP
M-428-BP
M-429-BP
–
4
6
Nickel-Plated Brass
Nickel-Plated Brass
Nickel-Plated Brass
Nickel-Plated Brass
Nickel-Plated Brass
8-32
8-32
8-32
8-32
8-32
3.22″L x 1.31″W x .67″H
4.33″L x 1.31″W x .67″H
5.46″L x 1.31″W x .67″H
6.59″L x 1.31″W x .67″H
8.84″L x 1.31″W x .67″H
2.81″ (71.4mm) on centers
3.93″ (99.9mm) on centers
5.06″ (128.5mm) on centers
6.19″ (157.2mm) on centers
8.44″ (214.4mm) on centers
8
10
14
4721 Individual Feed Stud Terminal Blocks
Moisture-repellent phenolic insulator base with brass stud terminals. Hexnuts, flat washers and
lockwashers included.
T
w
o mounting holes accept 3/16″ (4.8mm) screws (not included).
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/
T
e
rminalBlocks
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
TERMINALS
NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
DIMENSIONS
BULK
RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
4721-P2
4721-P3
4721-P4
4721-P5
4721-P6
4721-P8
4721-P2-BX
4721-P3-BX
4721-P4-BX
4721-P5-BX
4721-P6-BX
4721-P8-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2
3
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
10-32
10-32
10-32
10-32
10-32
10-32
10-32
10-32
10-32
2.68″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
3.25″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
3.87″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
4.5″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
5.12″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
6.37″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
7.62″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
8.87″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
10.12″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
1.87″ (47.5mm) on centers
2.50″ (63.5mm) on centers
3.12″ (79.2mm) on centers
3.75″ (95.3mm) on centers
4.38″ (111.3mm) on centers
5.62″ (142.7mm) on centers
6.87″ (174.5mm) on centers
8.12″ (206.2mm) on centers
9.37″ (238.0mm) on centers
4
5
6
8
4721-P10 4721-P10-BX
4721-P12 4721-P12-BX
4721-P14 4721-P14-BX
10
12
14
4758 & 4755 Individual Feed Stud Terminal Blocks
Moisture-repellent molded insulator base with barrier strips.
T
w
o mounting holes accept 1/4″ (6.3mm)
screws. Hardware sold separately.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/
T
e
rminalBlocks
PART NUMBERS
TERMINALS
NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
DIMENSIONS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
4758
4755
4758-BX
4755-BX
–
–
4
5
Steel
Steel
10-24
10-24
4.5″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
5.25″L x .5/8″W x 27/32″H
3.75″ (95.3mm) on centers
4.5″ (114.3mm) on centers
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
40
Fuse Blocks & Holders
T
e
rminal Blocks
M-449 & M-448 Common Busbar Terminal Blocks
Moisture-resistant molded thermoplastic insulator base with solid brass busbar that safely carries
up to 50A.
T
w
o 1/4-20 brass studs with hexnuts. 8-32 round head screws for attachment of
wires.
T
w
o mounting holes accept No. 10 countersink flathead screws that are 5.19″ (13
1
.
5mm)
on center for 10-gang version, and 8.31 (2
1
1
.
07mm) on center for 20-gang versions.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/
T
e
rminalBlocks
2
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
TERMINALS
MATERIAL SIZE
NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
DIMENSIONS
BUSBAR
BULK
M-449
RETAIL
M-449-BX
M-448-BX
–
M-449-BP
10
20
20
Brass
Brass
8-32 5.75″L
x 1.25″W x 1.031″H
8-32 5.75″L
x 1.25″W x 1.031″H
•
•
•
M-448
–
–
M-448-02
Tin-Plated Brass
8-32 8.875″L
x 1.25″W x 1.031″H
46206-04 Common Busbar Terminal Blocks
Moisture-repellent thermoset plastic insulator base with 3/16″ (4.76m) diameter mounting holes. Eyelets
are 3.125″ (79.4mm) on centers.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/
T
e
rminalBlocks
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
TERMINALS
NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
DIMENSIONS
BUSBAR
BULK
RETAIL
MATERIAL
Brass
SIZE
46206-04
46206-04-BX
–
4
10-32
3 7
/
8″L x 5/8″W x 27/32″H
•
86099 Brass Busbars
Solid Brass busbar meant for mounting circuit protection including fuses and circuit breakers. Busbars
tested to 70A with temperature rise no greater than 55°C.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/
T
e
rminalBlocks
PART NUMBERS
NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
MATERIAL
DIMENSIONS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
–
86099-2-BX
86099-3-BX
86099-4-BX
86099-5-BX
–
–
–
–
2
3
4
5
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
1.53” long (38.9mm)
2.43” long (61.7mm)
3.34” long (84.8mm)
4.24” long (197.7mm)
86099-3
86099-4
86099-5
910” (23.1mm) on centers,
0.21” (5.3mm) diameter.
86126 Copper Busbars
Solid copper busbars meant for mounting circuit protection including fuses and circuit breakers.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/
T
e
rminalBlocks
PART NUMBERS
NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
MATERIAL
DIMENSIONS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1.41” x .560”
(35.8 x 14.2mm)
3.23” x .560”
(82.1 x 14.2mm)
5.05” x .560”
(128.3 x 14.2mm)
6.87” x .560”
(174.5 x 14.2mm)
10.51” x .560”
(267.0 x 14.2mm)
.910” (23.11mm)
on centers
2.73” (69.34mm)
on centers
4.55” (115.57mm)
on centers
6.37” (161.79mm)
on centers
86126-2
86126-4
86126-6
86126-8
86126-2-BX
86126-4-BX
86126-6-BX
86126-8-BX
–
–
–
–
–
2
4
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
6
8
10.01” (254.25mm)
on centers
86126-12 86126-12-BX
12
41
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
AFTERMARKET FUSE HOLDERS
COMPACT DESIGNS SAVE SPACE & REDUCE WIRE CONNECTIONS
___________________________________________________
SMZ SERIES STUD MOUNT ZCASE
®
FUSE HOLDER
The SMZ stud mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a M8 or M10 stud on applications such as batteries, alternators,
battery switches or electrical relays. The SMZ stud mount fuse holder features a compact design which saves space and eliminates the
need to wire in a separate fuse holder or power distribution module.
2
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/SMZ
Specifications
Voltage Rating:
80V DC or max rating of the fuse
400A
Max Continuous Current:
Available Fuse Rating:
Fuse Terminal Torque:
Operating Temp:
40- 600A
M8 Nut: 14
2 Nm
-40° to 105° C
0FHZ0201Z
0FHZ0211Z
PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION
0FHZ0202Z
0FHZ0212Z
0FHZ0201Z
0FHZ0202Z
0FHZ0211Z
0FHZ0212Z
M8 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse and Stud Cover
M8 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse Cover
M10 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse and Stud Cover
M10 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse Cover
3-Pole SMZ
ZCASE Fuses sold separately
ZCASE Fuses on Page 17
Single SMZ
Datasheet
Instructions Sheet
2D Print
BMZ SERIES BATTERY MOUNT ZCASE
®
FUSE HOLDER KITS
The BMZ battery post mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a post style battery terminal. The BMZ series accepts the
Littelfuse proprietary ZCASE fuse that is available in 40-600A ratings with similar characteristics to the MEGA
®
fuse. The BMZ post mount
fuse holder mounts directly to the battery without any need for additional mounting hardware and is available in 2 or 3-pole versions.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/BMZ
Specifications
Max Voltage Rating:
Max Continuous Current:
Available Fuse Rating:
Fuse Terminal Torque:
Battery Terminal Torque:
Operating Temp:
32V DC or max rating of the fuse
275A
40- 600A
M8 Nut: 14
2 Nm
5.4 0.9
Nm @ 540 RPM
-40° to 125° C
3-Way
2-Way
PART NUMBERS
0FHZ00854-BX
0FHZ00853-BX
DESCRIPTION
Kit: 882-854 (2 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 1X M8 Bolt, 3x M8 Nuts
Kit: 882-853 (3 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 3x M8 Nuts
Individual Components
Fuses sold separately
With Cover
Datasheet
Instructions Sheet
2D Print
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
42
Power Distribution
Modules
Power Distribution Modules (PDMs) are devices that accept electrical power from one
or more wires (inputs) and then distribute it to multiple cables (outputs). The PDMs also
accept power protection and control devices from one or more fuse, circuit breaker,
relay, diode, or even solid state and electronic circuitry and distribute to multiple outputs.
Blade or Bolt-Down Fuse?
DC (automotive) fuses are offered in two basic forms: Blade or Bolt Down.
Blade & Cartridge
fuses can be hand inserted into a fuse holder
.
T
hese fuses provide
protection for several amperage ratings up to 70A. They are well suited to protect
smaller to medium diameter wires that are usually some distance from the battery.
Single blade fuse holders are often called ‘In-Line’ fuse holders as they are spliced
into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far
away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere
along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected.
Littelfuse blade fuses include: MICRO2
®
, MICRO3
®
, MINI
®
, LP MINI
®
,
A
TO
®
, MAXI,
MCASE
®
, MCASE+
®
, JCASE
®
and LP JCASE
®
.
Bolt Down
fuses need to be secured to the fuse holder with a screw or nut/bolt.
These fuses provide protection from 30A to 600A. They are well suited to protect
medium to large diameter wires that are usually closer to the battery. Ring terminals
are crimped onto cables that are connected to these holders and spliced into the
wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away
from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along
its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected which
is why you should have master fusing as close the battery as possible. Littelfuse bolt-
down fuses include: MIDI
®
, MEGA
®
, CF8 and ZCASE
®
.
Also, there are still a wide variety of applications that use glass tube fuses
.
T
hese are
typically lower current values and are becoming less popular for most automotive
applications due to their size, form factors, and lack of color coding.
43
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Hard-Wired Boxes
HWB Series – Compact Sealed Hard-Wired Boxes for 2.8mm Style Fuses & Relays
The HWB series hard-wired boxes are sealed units that accept any 2.8mm style fuses, relays, circuit breakers or diodes depending
on which HWB model is selected. The HWB series is the perfect fit for accessory circuits and overflow circuits from your main power
distribution module.
The series features durable construction, IP67 & IP69K ratings, compact sizes, gasket sealed covers and multiple mounting types. See
chart below for specific details
.
T
he HWB series eliminates the use of internal bussing allowing the user or design engineer to customize
the circuitry utilizing direct wire-to-component connections. TPAs (terminal position assurance locks) give secondary locking protection of
the wire leads, which aid in prevention of leads from being pulled out and snap onto the back after wires are installed.
• Accepts
a combination of 2.8mm components – MINI
®
fuses, relays, circuit breakers or diodes. (sold separately)
• Cover
tethers available to prevent loss of component during service.
• HWB60
series are modular and can be dovetailed together to expand circuit protection capacity. They can also be interlocked to other
PDMs and fuse holders (FLEC Flexible Electrical Control Center and MEGA/MIDI Flex fuse holder)
3
• HWB60
and HWB18 series uses Delphi Metri-Pack 280 terminals, cable seals and cavity plugs. Download datasheet for specific details.
• HWB12
and HWB6 series are available with black or clear covers for easy component status identification.
• HWB12
and HWB6 series use TYCO MCP terminals, cable seals and cavity plugs. See datasheet for specific details.
Datasheet, 3D Models, 2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/HWB
HWB60-AL
HWB60
HWB18
HWB12
HWB6
TERMINALS
PART NUMBERS
KIT CONTENTS
(sold separately)
MAX
MAX FUSE
NUMBER OF
MOUNTING
INGRESS
SERIES
CONTINUOUS RATING
PER
DIMENSIONS
CAVITIES
TORQUE PROTECTION
BULK
RETAIL CURRENT
CIRCUIT
HWB60-AL PDM71001ZXM
HWB60-AL PDM71003ZXM
HWB60 PDM21001LXM
HWB18 PDM31001ZXM
HWB18 PDM31002ZXM
HWB12 PDM33001ZXM
HWB12 PDM33003ZXM
HWB12 PDM33004ZXM
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
250A
250A
250A
200A
200A
130A
130A
130A
68A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
60
60
60
18
18
12
12
12
6
4-6 Nm
4-6 Nm
4-6 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
113x52x82mm
IP67 & IP69K
113x52x82mm
IP67 & IP69K
113x52x82mm
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Clear
Clear
Black
Clear
Clear
Black
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
60x38x74mm
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
60x38x74mm
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
83x70x44mm
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
83x70x44mm
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
83x70x44mm
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
71x64x36mm
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
71x64x36mm
5.5-6.5 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
71x64x36mm
•
•
•
•
•
HWB6
HWB6
HWB6
PDM32001ZXM
PDM32003ZXM
PDM32004ZXM
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
68A
6
•
•
68A
6
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
44
Power Distribution Modules
Power Distribution Modules
HWA20 Series • ATO
®
Fuse Hard-Wired Box
Compact hard-wired fuse holder holds up to 10 ATO blade fuses, with a combined amperage up to
210A. Perfect for accessory circuits, overflow circuits from main power distribution module, or as a
main module on smaller vehicles.
• Without
internal bussing: enables the user to customize the circuitry.
• Dovetail
slots on the sides of the box interlock with other units.
• Easy
to connect wires plug into the back of the unit using industry-standard
T
y
co sealed power terminals.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/HWA20
PART NUMBERS
BULK RETAIL
HWA20 PDM61001ZXM
CONTENTS
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
FUSE
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
3
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
POSITIONS
PROTECTION
COVER GASKET
TPAs
–
210A
40A
10
4-6 Nm
IP67
161x40x52mm
•
•
•
MTR Series • (2+2) MINI
®
& JCASE
®
Fuse Hard-Wired Box
Sealed low to medium current fuse holder houses two JCASE cartridge fuses and two MINI bladed fuses.
Holder is gasket-sealed to protect fuses from moisture and contamination. Fuses are internally bussed to
a single main power stud – one input powers four fuse circuits. Utilizes the MINI fuse for fast-acting 2-30A
circuit protection and the JCASE cartridge style fuse with increased time delay for 20-60A medium current
circuits. Output circuits are designed for use with Delphi terminals.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/MTR
PART NUMBERS
CONTENTS
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX INPUT
CURRENT
FUSE
POSITIONS
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
COVER GASKET
TPAs
BULK
RETAIL
MTR
BPDMA104HXF1
–
100A
2-60A
4
6-8 Nm
IP67
86x34x77mm
•
•
•
LTX Series • 4 position MEGA
®
& 2 position MIDI
®
Fuse Box
The LTX Power Distribution Module is a high current sealed primary fuse box that can be placed in the
battery box, or near the battery box to fuse major feeder cables. Featuring bussed input to all 6 MEGA and
2 MIDI fuses. All bolt down connections are made inside of the seals which enhances the environmental
protection of the box.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/LTX
PART NUMBERS
CONTENTS
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
FUSE
POSITIONS
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION
SERIES
VOLTAGE
DIMENSIONS
COVER GASKET
BUSBAR
BULK
RETAIL
LTX
07981002ZXS
–
6-32V DC
240A
6
10-12 Nm
IP66
231x312x60mm
•
•
•
SL Series • 350A • Power Distribution Module
The SL Series provides main battery shutdown from a remote location, optional manual control knob
switches high-amp circuits, three switched 30A to 200A MIDI® fuse location, four unswitched 24-hour
1A-20A ATO® fuse locations and eliminates significant factory or field interconnections
•
Littelfuse Remote Control Switch: 880092
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/SL
MAX FUSE RATING
PART NUMBERS
BULK
CONTENTS
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
PER CIRCUIT
FUSE
TERMINAL
INGRESS
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
POSITIONS
STUD TORQUE
PROTECTION
COVER
GASKET
MIDI
170A
ATO
SL
880076
350A
30A
7
20 Nm
IP59K
152x102x45mm
•
45
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Power Distribution Modules
MDB Series • MIDI
®
Fuse Distribution Box
Internally bussed, wate
r
–
proof and dust-proof fuse holder developed for high current loads, and harsh
conditions. The unit is well-suited for nea
r
–
the-battery applications and can be mounted in exposed locations
to fit your design. Available for 2 or 3 MIDI fuses and includes the cover seal and M5 thread bolts for a fuse
installation. Kits include seals, plugs and caps. Fuses are sold separately.
• AssureLatch™
T
e
chnology keeps the cover securely in place while allowing for fast service.
• Included
tether connects cover to base preventing misplacement.
• The
module is internally bussed allowing for high current power distribution.
• Sealed
to IP67 and IP69K for maximum flexibility in mounting location.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/MDB
3
PART NUMBERS
MAX
MAX FUSE
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION
VOLTAGE CONTINUOUS RATING
PER
DIMENSIONS
CONTENTS
CURRENT
CIRCUIT
BULK
BOXED
04980932ZXT
–
2
3
2
3
6-58V DC
6-58V DC
6-58V DC
6-58V DC
200A
200A
200A
200A
200A
200A
200A
200A
6-8 Nm
6-8 Nm
6-8 Nm
6-8 Nm
IP67 & IP69K
131x68x38mm 2-pole
box with busbar and nuts
IP67 & IP69K
131x68x38mm 3-pole
fuse box with busbar and nuts
04980933ZXT
–
Output:
–
–
04980932.X
04980933.X
IP67 & IP69K
131x68x38mm
IP67 & IP69K
131x68x38mm
Input:
2x 6-10 mm² seal
3x 10-16 mm² seal
1x plug & 1x 6-16 mm² cap
1x 25 mm² cap
1x 25 mm² seal
LX Series • 200A & 600A • ATO
®
& MIDI
®
Fuse PDM
Protect high and low-amp circuits while providing a collection point for ground returns,
and eliminate battery box clutter and damage to battery terminals when adding
circuits. Combines an ignition protected fuse block with screw termination. Holds
four 30A-200A MIDI fuses and six 1A-30A ATO fuse locations. Negative bus provides
common location for ground returns.
880089
• The
880094 provides one fused input feeding the unit and other fuses while, the 880089
has an unfused input feeding the fuse circuits.
880094
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/LX
MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT
PART NUMBERS
BULK
CONTENTS
MAX CONT.
CURRENT
FUSE
TERMINAL
INGRESS
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
POSITIONS STUD
TORQUE PROTECTION
COVER
GASKET
PULLER
MIDI
170A
170A
ATO
30A
30A
880089
600A
200A
10
10
20 Nm
20 Nm
IP59K
IP59K
165x127x51mm
165x127x51mm
•
•
•
•
•
•
LX
880094
XT Series • 350A • ATO
®
& MIDI
®
Fuse PDM
The XT combines an ATO fuse block that has integrated sealed plug outputs (FCI APEX 2.8mm female
4-way connector p/n 54200409) and a MIDI fuse block that consolidates up to seven circuits from
1–200A. Three 30–200A MIDI fuse locations are ideal for high-amp circuits and four 1–40A ATO fuse
locations for low-amp circuits. Tin-plated copper busbar and stainless steel studs and hardware provides
superior corrosion resistance.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/XT
MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT
PART NUMBERS
CONTENTS
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
FUSE
TERMINAL
INGRESS
SERIES
DIMENSIONS
POSITIONS
STUD TORQUE
PROTECTION
COVER
GASKET
BULK
MIDI
170A
ATO
XT
880073
350A
30A
7
20 Nm
IP59K
152x102x45mm
•
•
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
46
Power Distribution Modules
Power Distribution Modules
FLEC
®
Series • Configurable Flexible Electrical Center
The Flexible Electrical Center (FLEC) is a power distribution module for the commercial vehicle
market. It accommodates circuit protection components in a compact, sealed footprint. The PCB
accepts active and passive devices. Part number below is a standard market version but FLEC is
configurable to your custom electrical schematic and can be programmed to create a simple
“plug-and play” system.
• High
component density maximizes available space and limits the number of additional units
required.
• The
versatile nature of the FLEC unit means it can accept a large number of component types.
• Rugged
and sealed, the unit boasts an IP67 rating which allows it to be mounted in locations
susceptible to moisture and dirt without any adverse effects
3
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/FLEC
MAX FUSE
RATING
FUSE
CAPACITY
RELAY
CAPACITY
INGRESS
OUTPUT
SERIES
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
VOLTAGE
MAX LOAD
PROTECTION CONNECTORS
FLEC
FLEC
FLEC3000Z-0
With MINI Fuses & Relays
No Fuses or Relays
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
300A
300A
30A
30A
28
28
18
18
IP67
IP67
Delphi GT
Delphi GT
FLEC3000Z-0U
MiniFlec Series • 150A • Connectorized Power Distribution Module
The standard MiniFlec is a compact, front access, internally bussed, connectorized, sealed power
distribution module, suitable for mounting in rugged commercial vehicle applications An internally
mounted Printed Circuit Board (PCB) allows bussed connections to a large number of devices.
• Designed
for panel mounting (rear fed connectors). Base compression limiters prevent
over-torquing when unit is mounted
•
T
e
thered
cover securely latches to base, with positive AssureLatch yellow latches
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/MINIFLEC
PART NUMBERS
BULK
MAX
LOAD
INPUT MOUNTING
INGRESS
PROTECTION
SERIES
FUSE RATING RANGE
DIMENSIONS
RELAY CAPACITY
STUD
TORQUE
3 Form C 280 Series Micro Relays,
3 Form A Ultra Micro Relays,
1 ISO Micro Relay
MINI
®
Fuse: 2-30A
MINIFLEC
LFMX0007Z-01
150A
M8
12-15Nm
IEC 529 IP67/69K
157mm x 96mm x 126mm
MCASE+
®
Fuse: 15-60A
EPC Series • 200A • Connectorized Power Distribution Module
The standard EPC is an internally bussed, connectorized, sealed power distribution module, suitable for
mounting in rugged commercial vehicle applications. The EPC is a product that has dense concentration
of high power circuits and accepts plug devices like automotive fuses, diodes and relays to protect and
control complex electrical systems. An internally mounted Printed Circuit Board (PCB) allows bussed
connections to a large number of devices.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/EPC
PART NUMBERS
BULK
MAX
LOAD
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION
SERIES
FUSE RATING RANGE
DIMENSIONS
RELAY CAPACITY
Tailor to application – Up to 3
Form C 280 and 6 Form A 280 Relays
EPC
LFMX0006Z-01
200A
5 to 30A
6 – 8 Nm
IP67 / IP69K
179mm x 155mm x 69 mm
FHZ Series • 400A • Power Distribution Module
The 5 Stud ZCASE Fuse Holder uses a single power input (usually with a ZCASE shunt) and a common
busbar to feed up to 4 additional ZCASE fused circuits. Freely interchangeable ZCASE fuse ratings;
configurable stud size (M6, M8, or M10); and available 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-position busbars allow for a wide
range of possible configurations.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/5StudZCASE
MAX FUSE
RATING
FULL
ASSEMBLY
SERIES
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
AMPERAGE
CONTACT TEMP
DIMENSIONS
FHZ
FHZ
FHZ
FHZ
0FHZ0001Z
0FHZ0002Z
0FHZ0003Z
0FHZ0005Z
Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar
Full Assembly with M10 Input
Box Only for Configuration
•
•
400A
40-600A
-40° to 105° C
217mm x 86mm x 59mm
Full Assembly with M8 Input
47
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Ingress Protection Explained
Harsh Environments and Ingress Protection Ratings
Environmental factors play a huge role in a product
’
s
a
bility to do its job and survive the lifetime of the equipment.
Ingress Protection, or I
P
,
i
ndicates the degree of protection of a power distribution module. IP ratings are a measure
of how resistant a part is to environmental contaminants such as debris, dust, and water. IP rating selections should
be based on where the PDM will be mounted and what type of environment the equipment will be used in.
The numbers following IP represent levels of sealing and can range from no sealing (IP00) to protection against dust
and continuous immersion in water (IP68). The table below provides a description of the protection at each level.
1st Digit – SOLID
2nd Digit – LIQUID
3
Degree of protection against solid objects
Degree of protection against water
1
1
Protected against a solid
object greater than 50mm
Protected against
vertically falling water drops
2
Protected against vertical water
drops when enclosure tilted
up to 15 degree angle
2
Protected against a solid
object greater than 12.5mm
3
Protected against a solid
object greater than 2.5mm
3
Protected against spraying water
from up
to a 60 degree angle
4
Protected against a solid
object greater than 1.0mm
4
Protected against splashing water
5
Dust Protected. Prevents ingress
of dust sufficient to cause harm
5
Protected against water jets
6
Protected against powerful
water jets
6
Dust tight. No ingress of dust.
7
Protected against the effects of
temporary immersion in water
Example
between 15cm and 1m for 30 minutes
IP
6
7
8
Protected against the effects of
continuous immersion in water
under conditions agreed between
manufacturer and user
Dust tight. No ingress of
dust. Protected against
effects of temporary
submersion in water.
9K
Protected against close-range
high pressure, high temperature
spray downs
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
48
Battery
Management
Isolators or Combiners?
Battery Isolators are passive (not intelligent) devices
.
T
hey are a basic technology that
prevents current from draining from one battery into the other. As current passes
through the internal diodes there
’
s a
l
oss of efficiency, that equates to a voltage loss
of 10-15%. Another problem arises when battery isolators are used with the more
recent ‘smart alternators
’
.
S
uch alternators incorporate sensors which ‘read’ the state
of the battery, but the isolator
’
s
d
iodes interfere with the alternator
’
s
s
ensors. It is
therefore important to use a battery combiner in such application.
Battery combiners provide the same function as isolators, but without the substantial
voltage loss, and they work in harmony with smart alternators. They also may have
additional useful features, such as boost; they are smaller and lighter; and since they
are installed between the battery banks, there is no need to cut the original OEM
heavy cable from alternator to battery.
No More Dead Batteries!
If you leave a fully charged battery connected in an inactive vehicle, it could be dead
in as little as two months. Vehicles have electronics that continue to draw small
quiescent currents to maintain their memory, even when the vehicle is off. Over an
extended period of time this small current can drain the battery. Complete discharge
of the battery can cause permanent damage and prevent proper battery recharging.
If your vehicle requires short or long term storage and has a lot of electronics
(computer
,
T
V
,
s
tereo, etc) a Low Voltage Disconnect can be installed to automatically
disconnect these components when battery voltage falls below a critical threshold
and automatically reconnects when the battery is recharged. This lengthens the
storage life of your battery.
49
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Battery Isolators
85-200A Smart Battery Isolators
Battery Combiners are hybrid electronic/electromechanical relays that prevent loads on the auxiliary battery
from draining the starting battery. This type is more flexible than Diode Battery Isolators: works with all
types of alternator; it is smaller and lighter; no efficiency loss due to diodes;
allows bi-directional charging
from the alternator or from shore power; reduces the load on the charging system by not connecting the
auxiliary battery until the primary battery is charged to 13.2
V
.
• Works
with most types of alternators
• Smaller
and lighter than traditional isolators
• No
efficiency losses due to diodes
• Allows
bi-directional charging from the alternator or from shore power
• Reduces
the load on the charging system by not connecting the auxiliary battery until the primary
battery is charged to 13.2V extending the life of expensive charging components.
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and 2D prints:
littelfuse.com/BatteryManagement
PART NUMBERS
BULK BOXED
4
TERMINAL INGRESS
STUDS PROTECTION
AMPS
VOLTAGE
CONNECT VOLTAGE
DISCONNECT VOLTAGE
QUIESCENT CURRENT
TERMINAL STUD TORQUE
48525
48530
48525-BX
48530-BX
85A
9-1ꢃV DC
9-1ꢃV DC
5ꢂ1ꢃ-24/
5ꢂ1ꢃ-24/
IPꢃꢃ
IPꢃꢃ
13.2V typical after 2min
13.2V typical after 2min
12.7V after 1min
12.7V after 1min
5mA typical, 8mA max
5mA typical, 8mA max
35 in-lbs (3.95Nm)
35 in-lbs (3.95Nm)
200A
3 & 4 Stud Diode Battery Isolators
For vehicles with two batteries, these devices electrically isolate the batteries to prevent the battery with the higher charge from draining
into that with the lower charge. In addition, both batteries can be charged simultaneously from one source.
The solid-state components are embedded to give excellent protection from adverse conditions, such as contamination and vibration
.
T
he
integral heat sink provides efficient heat dissipation
.
T
he amp rating of each item is the maximum alternator rating.
Some alternators on vehicles have an integral electronic voltage regulator that requires the use of the 4-stud battery isolator
.
T
he small
4th stud is for connection to a circuit switched by the ignition switch
.
T
hese alternators were first introduced by Delco and are therefore
sometimes called ‘Delcotron-type alternators
’
. Battery Isolators have a ‘per leg’ rating which indicates the maximum current that it can
deliver to each battery. All Battery Isolators have a per leg rating equal to half the alternator rating
.
T
hus a 48122 battery isolator with an
alternator rating of 140A has a per leg rating of 70A per leg.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/BatteryManagement
Schottky Diode – Comply to KKK-A-1822B spec for Ambulances
48122
48162
48070
48090
48120
48051
48161
PART NUMBERS
TERMINALS
3- Stud Wiring Diagram
48070, 48080, 48090, 48160 and 48161
ALTERNATOR
TYPE
AMPS VOLTAGE
DIMENSIONS
NUMBER
BULK
BOXED
THREADS
OF STUDS
48051
481ꢃ1
48122
481ꢃ2
48070
48090
48120
481ꢃ0
48051-BX
481ꢃ1-BX
48122-BX
481ꢃ2-BX
48070-BX
48090-BX
48120-BX
481ꢃ0-BX
75A 12V
DC Only
250A 12-3ꢃV
DC
140A 12-3ꢃV
DC
200A 12-3ꢃV
DC
70A 12-3ꢃV
DC
90A 12-3ꢃV
DC
140A 12-3ꢃV
DC
200A 12-3ꢃV
DC
2
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
2x ꢀ/
3x 5ꢂ1ꢃ/
3-ꢁ/ x 4-15ꢂ1ꢃ/ x 3-11ꢂ32/
8-ꢁ/ x 4-3ꢂ1ꢃ/ x 3-13ꢂ32/
ꢃ/ x 4-3ꢂ1ꢃ/ x 3-11ꢂ32/
ALT
–
3x 5ꢂ1ꢃ/ & 1 #10
+
B
A
T
Delcotron-Type
IGN
3x 5ꢂ1ꢃ/ & 1 #10
8-ꢁ/ x 4-3ꢂ1ꢃ/ x 3-13ꢂ32/
BATTERY
+
ISOLATOR
B
A
T
3x ꢀ/
3x ꢀ/
5/ x 3-ꢀ/ x 2-3ꢂ1ꢃ/
ꢃ-ꢁ/ x 3-ꢀ/ x 2-13ꢂ1ꢃ/
ꢃ/ x 4-3ꢂ1ꢃ/ x 3-11ꢂ32/
8-ꢁ/ x 4-3ꢂ1ꢃ/ x 3-13ꢂ32/
OPTIONAL
CIRCUIT
Without Integral
Electronic Voltage
Regulator
BREAKER
L
3x 5ꢂ1ꢃ/
3x 5ꢂ1ꢃ/
MAIN
L
LOAD
SECONDARY
LOAD
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
50
Battery Management
Battery Combiners & FlexMod™ Devices
FlexMod™ Electronic Devices
The FlexMod Series of products are compact, robust electronic modules with two inputs (one analog
and one digital) and two solid state outputs (one 10A, one 200 mA) that can be programmed to do
almost any job. Littelfuse offers standard units listed below to meet the most common application
needs.
Additional technical information:
Littelfuse.com/FlexMod
• Auto-ranging
to automatically senses the voltage of the system (12 or 24V) and selects the
presets appropriate to that voltage.
• Ultra
low 1mA standby current means minimal battery drain – especially valuable when vehicle is
in storage or not in use.
• Factory
programmable unit is versatile with a broad range of presets available for special
applications.
• Rated
for more than 1,000,000 on-off cycles – unit operates for the lifetime of the vehicle. Solid
state technology gives long life and low maintenance.
• Provides
overvoltage and overcurrent protection to every direct load in that circuit– for extra
protection.
4
• Small
lightweight sealed design – Uses less space; mounts outside or inside. Saves money by
eliminating other hardware, and provides better wire routing
Low Voltage Disconnect – 48610:
Preserves battery charge and protects
battery banks by automatically disconnecting loads when battery voltage
drops to a critical level.
PART NUMBERS
HARNESS
INCLUDED
TYPE
BULK
BOXED
–
48ꢃ10
–
48ꢃ3ꢃ-01-BX
48ꢃ10-BX
48541-01-BX
–
Timer for Trailer Lighting
Low Voltage Disconnect
•
•
•
Smart Battery Isolator Controller – 48540:
Monitors two battery banks and
controls one relay or contactor to make sure starting power is protected
by isolating the starting and auxiliary battery banks.
Voltage Sensing Relay & Timer
Smart Battery Isolator Controller
Smart Battery Isolator Controller
48540
–
48540-01-BX
Low Voltage Disconnect Accessories
Accessories for 48513 and 48514 series low voltage disconnects.
58326-06
55088
12804
PART NUMBERS
BULK BOXED
DETAILS
NOTES
48710
5832ꢃ-0ꢃ
55088
–
FlexMod Unit
Rocker Switch
Toggle Switch
Harness
Programmable FlexMod LVD Unit • 10A • 9V DC
SPDT • On-Off-Mom On • 5 Blade Terminals • Red LED
SPDT • On-Off-Mom On • 3 Screw Terminals
–
55088-BX
12804
–
–
Deutsch DT0ꢃ-4S connector • 04ꢃ2-201-1ꢃ41 terminal • W4S wedge and wiring
FlexMod 8-Pin Deutsch Harness Accessory
12805
FlexMod Harness
51
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
How A Smart Battery Isolator Works
Normal Operation Sequence
When the vehicle has been running, the alternator
charges both battery banks through the Smart Isolator.
When the engine is turned off, the alternator no longer
supplies a charge to the batteries, and the loads on the
batteries begin to deplete them.
1
2
4
When batteries reach 12.7
V
,
t
he Smart Battery Isolator
senses it, opens the solenoid relay to separate the battery
banks, and turns off the status light. This protects the
starting battery while allowing the auxiliary battery to
continue to power the auxiliary loads.
When the vehicle is restarted, the starting battery has
enough power to crank the engine, but the auxiliary
battery is significantly depleted. The Smart Battery
Isolator is open and the battery banks are separated.
3
4
The engine is powering the alternator, and the starting
battery has reached 13.2
V
.
O
nly now does the Smart Battery
Isolator reconnect, enabling the depleted auxiliary battery
to be charged. By not reconnecting until the main battery is
charged, the alternator is protected from excessive loads.
Now both batteries are charged again.
5
6
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
52
Relays &
Solenoids
DC solenoids are relays used for remote switching of electrical currents from
20A to 600A. Littelfuse offers a variety of DC solenoids and relays, such as solid state
relays, plug-in relays, compact relays among others.
Solenoids or Relays?
The terms solenoid and relay are interchangeable and refer to a type of remote
switch. In the automotive context, solenoid refers to the metal can device. A relay
refers to all other such devices including the small micro relays referenced later in
this section. The word solenoid actually refers to the helical windings that create the
magnetic force which pulls the plunger in the core. Littelfuse manufactures a very
broad range of remote switches.
Intermittent or Continuous?
Relays are rated for Intermittent Duty or Continuous Duty. Intermittent duty relays
are rated with maximum On times and minimum Off times, which is a workable
situation in many applications. Exceed those specs and you run the risk of burning
out the coil windings.
Y
o
u cannot use an Intermittent Duty relay for continuous
service, but you can use a Continuous Duty relay for intermittent service –
although you would be purchasing a relay that is in excess of your needs.
Bistable & Latching?
When it comes to solenoids or relays, both bi-stable and latching refer to the
same function. A bi-stable state is one in which a moving contact is at rest in two
configurations, either the On or Off position. This is achieved by a mechanical or
magnetic latching mechanism which maintains contact in the ON of OFF position
while device is not energized. A more well-known example of the mechanical style
is the mechanism of a retractable ballpoint pen, where the user pushes to move
the ballpoint out of the housing, and pushes again to retract the ballpoint. The point
remains in either of two stable states until the user presses the actuator.
In standard solenoids or relays, a control current has to be maintained in order to keep
the plunger in the On position; in a bi-stable relay, control current is only applied when
changing between the two states of Off and On
.
T
his provides many advantages – no
current is used in the On or Off states, and bi-stable relays generate less heat.
53
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Bi-Stable Latching Relays
HD Series • 300A General Purpose Bi-Stable Relays
• Very
low current draw to maintain closed circuit
• Remotely-operated
300A disconnect for high-amperage circuits
• Small
control wires: eliminates the cost and weight of routing large copper cables
• Bi-stable
(latched) operation draws no current in On or Off: eliminates a continuous demand on batteries.
• LED
output wire enables remote indication of relay status – Open or Closed.
• Silver
alloy contacts assure the lowest voltage drop / resistance and extends cycling life of the device.
• Stainless
steel hardware and tin-plated copper contacts maximize resistance in harsh environments.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/HD-Relay
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
INGRESS
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
880086
880088
–
–
–
–
12V DC
24V DC
300A
300A
IP66/IP69k
IP66/IP69k
–
–
HD Time Delay Series • 250A Bi-Stable Relay
The Heavy Duty Time Delay Bi-Stable Relay is able to disconnect the battery from the electrical system of
vehicles in 12V and 24
V
,
w
ith voltage self-recognition.
5
• It
includes immediate switch ON, controlled switch OFF with programmable delay time and service state
managing (service switch OFF and switch ON).
• This
Heavy Duty Time Delay Bi-Stable Relay has a non-volatile memory, low battery alert system and is
thermal protected.
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/HDTimeDelay
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
VOLTAGE RANGE
INGRESS
NOTES
08070900
12/24V DC
250A
8.5V to 32V @ 23°C
IP67
Light Line Current Rating: 1.3A continuous (6.5A protected)
SD Series • 300-600A Bi-Stable Relay
An all-vehicle battery disconnect, designed to support remote power switching applications. Great for high
continuous current passage, large engine starting needs and high ambient temperatures.
• Small
control wires: eliminates the cost and weight of routing large copper cables to an accessible switch
• Dedicated
24-hour output, thermally protected, for tachograph or other keep-alive functions.
• Supports
multiple Off switch control applications.
• Ignition
protected to SAE J
1
1
7
1 and ISO 8846 for installation in battery box or with hazardous loads.
• Auxiliary
relay contacts (normally open & normally closed) for Alternator Field Disconnect (AFD) or for
additional vehicle system control
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/SD-Relay
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
INGRESS
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
880107
880107S
–
12V DC
300A
Dual Pole
IP66/IP69k
4/0 input/output cables
BAT
+
48785 • 85A Electronic Relay/Switch
Fully solid-state with no moving parts to wear out that is
completely sealed, ignition protected and designed to withstand
vibration for harsh environments. Relays can be used in both high
side and low side switching application and are suitable for high
inrush demand circuits.
Red
Black
LOAD
+
–
BAT
+
High side switching application
LOAD
• Resistance:
.005 Ω
Red
Black
• Control
Current:
•
T
e
mperature
Range:
• On-Off
Cycles:
.02A max
-40˚C to +85˚C
20 million
+
–
Low side switching application
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
AMPERAGE
INTERMITTENT
175A
VOLTAGE
RETAIL
INGRESS
DIMENSIONS
BULK
CONTINUOUS
48785
48785-BX
–
9-31V DC
85A
IP67
3.0 x 5.0 x 2.9 in
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
54
Relays & Solenoids
Standard High Current Relays
6-36V DC • 35-200A • Continuous Duty Solenoids
• Hex
nuts and lock washers are included
• Steel
housing mounting holes: 5/16 x 19/32
,
” 2 13/64” on centers (
7
.
9 x 15.1, 56.0mm)
• Plated
steel housing available with optional PVC coating available to protect critical components from environmental hazards
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes:
littelfuse.com/ContinuousDutySPST
A
B
C
D
E
F
PART NUMBERS
TERMINALS
INSULATED /
GROUNDED
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
5
24080
24063
24080-BX
24063-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
36 85
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
Copper
Copper
Copper
Silver
A
A
B
A
D
D
D
A
A
1
1
1
1
2
4
3
1
1
85
85
24063-08 24063-08-BX
•
•
24214
–
24214-BX
24107-BX
24124-BX
24115-BX
24059-BX
–
24 200
Insulated
85
85
85
85
85
Insulated
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Silver
24124
24115
24059
24059-15
Grounded SPST NO
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
Intermittent rating: 750A Make,
100A Break 10 sec on, 30 min off
24059-08 24059-08-BX
24059-08-BP
24117 24117-BX
24117-01 24117-01-BX
24117-01-BP
65
85
65
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
Copper
Copper
Copper
•
•
A
B
B
1
1
1
–
•
•
Intermittent rating: 750A Make,
100A Break 10 sec on, 30 min off
12
24213
24213-01
24213-03
24106
24213-BX
–
–
–
–
200 Insulated
200 Insulated
200 Insulated
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
Silver
Silver
Silver
Copper
A
A
C
D
1
1
1
4
–
–
Potted Coil – IP66
Black Coating
•
24106-BX
85
85
Grounded SPST NO
Grounded SPST NO
Grounded SPST NO
P/N, Date Code, Voltage ink stamped
on surface
24106-07
24106-BX
–
Copper
C
4
24082
–
24082-BX
24420-BX
24097-BX
–
–
–
85
35
85
Copper
Copper
Copper
E
F
4
5
1
Curved Bracket
Insulated
SPST NC
24097
6
Grounded SPST NO
A
Continuous Duty Solenoid Wiring Diagrams
1
2
2
3
2
2
2
1
3
1
3
1
4
1
3
BAT +
BAT
3
4
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
Diagram 3
Diagram 4
Diagram 5
55
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Standard High Current Relays
12V DC • Intermittent Duty Solenoids
• Hex
nuts and lock washers are included
• Steel housing mounting holes:
5/16 x 19/32
,
” 2 13/64” on centers (
7
.
9 x 15.1, 56.0mm)
• Phenolic housing mounting holes:
9/32 x 25/64
,
” 2 7/64” on centers (
7
.
1 x 9.9, 53.6mm)
• Solenoids
available in phenolic, plated steel or PVC coated housings to protect critical components from environmental hazards
• Resistor
shorting circuit solenoids (p/n 24103/24021) feature a 3 that is normally open and becomes common with 1 and 4 when the
solenoid is energized. Commonly used in engine starting applications.
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IntermittentDutySPST
A
B
C
D
E
F
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
AMPS
DUTY
CYCLE
INSULATED /
GROUNDED
HOUSING
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
MAKE BREAK
5
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min
24037
24071
24044
24022
24103
24021
24047
24076
24060
–
24037-BX
24071-BX
24044-BX
24022-BX
24103-BX
24021-BX
24047-BX
24076-BX
24060-BX
24046-BX
24023-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
12 750A 100A
24 750A 120A
24 750A 120A
Grounded
Grounded
Grounded
Grounded
Grounded
Grounded
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
Plated Steel
PVC Coated
Plated Steel
Phenolic
A
B
C
D
E
1
1
1
1
3
3
4
4
5
6
2
–
–
–
Curved Bracket
Plated Steel
Phenolic
Resistor Shorting Circuit
Resistor Shorting Circuit
D
E
Plated Steel
PVC Coated
Plated Steel
Plated Steel
Phenolic
SPST NO
F
A
A
D
E
24023
Components shipped
unassembled
Special spring for stronger
contact return force
24008-03
24008
–
Plated Steel
Plated Steel
Plated Steel
24008-BX
24041-BX
E
6
750A 100A
A
Intermittent Duty Solenoid Wiring Diagrams
2
3
2
3
2
RESISTOR
SHORTING
CIRCUIT
2
2
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
4
1
4
1
3
1
4
BAT +
BAT +
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
Diagram 3
Diagram 4
Diagram 5
Diagram 6
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
56
Relays & Solenoids
Standard High Current Relays
Continuous Duty Two Circuit Solenoids
Special applications: Forward and reverse systems in electric golf carts, garden tractors, fork lift trucks, winches, etc.
• Hex
nuts and lock washers are included
• Mounting
holes: 5/16 x 19/32
,
” 2 13/64” on centers (
7
.
9 x 15.1, 56.0mm)
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information:
littelfuse.com/ContinuousDutyDPST
2
3
2
1
4
1
3
5
6
4
5
24401-01
PART NUMBERS
24401-04
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
AMPS
CONTACTS
COIL TYPE
CIRCUITRY
PVC COATED
TERMINALS
DIAGRAM
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
NC
NO
MATERIAL
THREADS
24402
24401
24402-BX
24401-BX
–
–
–
–
24
12
12
12
35
35
35
35
85
85
85
85
Insulated
Insulated
Insulated
Grounded
DPST
DPST
DPST
DPST
–
–
•
–
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
5/16”-24
5/16”-24
5/16”-24
5/16”-24
Steel 10-32”
Steel 10-32”
Steel 10-32”
Steel 10-32”
1
1
1
2
5
24401-04 24401-04-BX
24401-01 24401-01-BX
2
3
2
2
3
100-225A • Heavy Service Plastic Body Solenoids
For starting small engines, including lawn tractors, golf carts and sweepers.
• Small
ignition and ground terminals are 10-32 thread
• Large
contact terminals are 5/16” -24 thread.
1
4
1
4
3
1
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/PlasticBodyRelays
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
Diagram 3
24848 – L-Bracket
PART NUMBERS
24624-10 – F-Bracket
24612-10 – F-Bracket
24512-10 – Bracket
AMPS
MOUNTING
BRACKET
COIL
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
MAKE/
BREAK
BULK
BOXED
OTHER
INRUSH
24848
–
–
48
24
12
12
24
12
12
12
48
–
225
225
225
225
100
100
225
100
600
600
600
600
400
400
400
400
Insulated SPST
NO
Insulated SPST
NO
Insulated SPST
NO
Insulated SPST
NO
Insulated SPST
NO
Insulated SPST
NO
Insulated SPST
NO
Grounded SPST
NO
L-Bracket
L-Bracket
L-Bracket
L-Bracket
F-Bracket
F-Bracket
L-Bracket
F-Bracket
Silver 5/16”-24
Silver 5/16”-24
Copper 5/16”-24
Silver 5/16”-24
Silver 5/16”-24
Silver 5/16”-24
Silver 5/16”-24
Silver 5/16”-24
10-32 studs
10-32 studs
10-32 studs
10-32 studs
10-32 studs
Blade
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
24824-01 24824-01-BX
24812 24812-BX
–
–
14
14
27
14
–
24812-01 24812-01-BX
24624-10 24624-10-BX
24512-10 24512-10-BX
–
–
–
24612
24612-BX
24610-G10-BX
–
10-32 stud
10-32 stud
24612-10 24612-10-BX
14
24612-03 24612-03-BX
–
12
–
200
300
Insulated SPST
NO
L-Bracket
Copper 5/16”-24
10-32 studs
2
57
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Reversing & Latching Solenoids
70A • Forward & Reverse Relay Module
Ideal for tarp or lift applications. Also use on hoists, hatches, winches, snowplows, intake/exhaust fans,
vehicle outriggers and other reversing applications. Module automatically reverses the direction of the
motor when the appropriate control circuit is energized with a pulse from a control switch. Dynamic
braking stops the motor when the switch returns to Off.
• Dimensions:
2.91”× 3.51” ×
1
.
86” H (73.9 × 9
1
.
7 × 4
7
.
2mm
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/24450
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
AMPERAGE
VOLTAGE
INRUSH
SEALING
CONTACTS
BULK
RETAIL
INTERMITTENT
CONTINUOUS
70A
24452
24452-BX
–
12V DC
50A
150A
IP67
Silver
(On: 5 min max, Off: 3 min)
5
+
BAT
T2
12-24V DC • 150A Motor Reversing Intermittent Duty Solenoid
T1
A combination of two solenoids in one package to reduce cost and
maximize space savings while also providing simpler wiring.
• 75A
Make/Break: 5 min On, 5 min Off
+
BAT
• 125A
Make/Break: 30 sec On, 5 min Off
Forward
Reverse
• 150A
Make/Break: 0.5 sec On, 5 min Off
MOTOR
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/24450
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPS
COIL TYPE
CIRCUITRY
CONTACTS
TERMINALS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
12V DC
24450
24450-BX
–
75-150A
75-150A
Common Ground
Common Ground
DPDT
DPDT
Copper
Copper
Two Blade Coil
Two Blade Coil
5/16”-24 Large Studs
5/16”-24 Large Studs
(14.5 max)
24450-02
–
–
24V DC
Momentary
Switch
+
24200 • 110A Standard High Current Latching Solenoid
Requires only a momentary application of coil power to operate
Minimal heat is generated, because the coil is de-energized when the
solenoid is On.
BAT
2
3
• Continuous
Duty Style (Rated at
1
1
0
A carry only)
LOAD
1
4
Download additional technical information at:
littelfuse.com/24200
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
FORM /
CONTACTS
HOUSING
MATERIAL
VOLTAGE AMPS
COIL TYPE
CIRCUITRY
CONTACTS
TERMINALS
BULK
RETAIL
24200
24200-BX
–
12V DC
110A
Insulated
SPST
NO
Plated Steel
Copper 5/16”-24
Steel 10-32”
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
58
Relays & Solenoids
Plug-In Relays
Heavy Duty High Power and Micro Plug-In Relays
General purpose relays fit many vehicles and applications.
T
y
pical applications include: lighting, starting,
horn, heating and cooling.
Standard ISO terminal footprint for Form A, Form C and Form 2A. Relays are available sealed and unsealed
(unsealed 40 & 70A relays are supplied with snap-in brackets.)
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information:
littelfuse.com/Plugin-Relays
Part Numbering System
R A – 40 01 12 – R S
Specifications
• Pull-in
voltage:
7
.
8V maximum at 12V DC, 15.6 V at 24V DC
• Release
voltage:
1
.
2 V minimum at 12V DC, 2.4 V at 24V DC
•
T
e
mperature
range: -40°C to 85°C
Relay Type
R = Relay
M = MicroRelay
Sealing
S = Sealed
N = No Sealing
• Operational
life: Electrical to 100,000 cycles.
Mechanical to 10,000,000 cycles
• Contact
Material: Silver alloy
• Dielectric
strength: 500 V rms between coil and contact
• Insulation
resistance: 100 MΩ minimum (500V DC)
• Relays
are rated based on a steady state resistive load. De-rate
according to the type of load.
Form
Suppressor
R = Resistor
D = Diode
A = Form A
C = Form C
2 = Form 2A
N = No Suppressor
5
Amperage
Voltage
12 = 12V DC
24 = 24V DC
15 = 15A at 24V DC
20 = 20A at 24V DC
25 = 25A at 12V DC
35 = 35A at 24V DC
40 = 40A at 12V DC
70 = 70A at 12V DC
Motor load: Inrush can be 5 to 10 x steady state current.
Solenoid load: Inrush can be 10 to 20 x steady state current.
Incandescent lamp load: Inrush can be 10 to 15 x steady
state current.
Bracket
00 = No Bracket
01 = Snap-In Bracket
• Available
with PCB terminals, contact Littelfuse for details.
Relay Part Numbers
PART NUMBERS
Heavy Duty Relays • 40A at 12V DC
RELAY
TYPE
SUPPRESSOR
FORM
TYPE
BULK
BOXED
• Contact
rating (Resistive load) at 20°C:
12V DC: Normally Open 40A, Normally Closed 30A
24V DC: Normally Open 20A, Normally Closed 15A
• Contact
arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST), Form C
(SPDT) and Form 2A (SPS
T
, 2
t
erminals)
R2-400112-RN
RA-200024-DS
RA-400012-DS
RA-400112-DN
RA-400112-NN
RA-400112-RN
RA-700112-RN
RA-700112-DN
RA-700112-NN
RC-200024-DS
RC-200124-DN
RC-200124-NN
RC-200124-RN
RC-400012-DS
RC-400112-DN
RC-400112-NN
RC-400112-RN
RC-700112-DN
RC-700112-NN
RC-700112-RN
MC-250012-DN
MC-250012-NN
MC-250012-RN
–
–
–
12 40
Relay
24 20
Relay
12 40
Relay
2
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
•
Resistor
Diode
•
•
Diode
RA-400112-DN-BX
12 40
Relay
RA-400112-NN-BX
12 40
Relay
RA-400112-RN-BX
12 40
Relay
RA-700112-RN-BX
12 70
Relay
RA-700112-DN-BX
12 70
Relay
RA-700112-NN-BX
12 70
Relay
•
•
•
•
•
•
Diode
• Vibration
resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude
1
.
5mm
None
High Power Relays • 70A at 12V DC
Resistor
Resistor
Diode
• Contact
rating (Resistive load) at 20°C:
12V DC: Normally Open 70A, Normally Closed 60A
24V DC: Normally Open 35A, Normally Closed 30A
• Contact
arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST) and
Form C (SPDT)
None
–
24 20
Relay
Diode
•
•
• Vibration
resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude
1
.
5m
RC-200124-DN-BX
24 20
Relay
RC-200124-NN-BX
24 20
Relay
RC-200124-RN-BX
24 20
Relay
RC-400012-DS-BX
12 40
Relay
RC-400112-DN-BX
12 40
Relay
RC-400112-NN-BX
12 40
Relay
RC-400112-RN-BX
12 40
Relay
RC-700112-DN-BX
12 70
Relay
RC-700112-NN-BX
12 70
Relay
RC-700112-RN-BX
12 70
Relay
•
•
•
Diode
Micro Relays • 25A at 12V DC
None
Resistor
Diode
• Contact
rating (Resistive load) at 20°C:
12V DC: Normally Open 25A, Normally Closed 20A
Contact arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST), and
Form C (SPDT).
•
•
•
•
•
•
Diode
None
• Vibration
resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude
1
.
27mm
Resistor
Diode
None
Resistor
Diode
–
–
–
12 25
Micro
12 25
Micro
12 25
Micro
None
Resistor
59
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Plug-In Relays
Modular Relay Sockets • Bi-Stable Relay
Accepts Littelfuse brand relays and standard ISO relays.
• Modular
– sockets dovetail together
• Accepts
standard quick-connect terminals
• Easy
mount bracket
• Constructed
of rugged glass-filled polyamide
•
T
e
mperature
range: -40°C to 85°C
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
RELAY TYPE
FORM
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL CLAMSHELL
AMPERAGE
TERMINAL WIDTH
Use with Tyco (AMP) terminals 280756 or 280755
(consult terminal manufacturers for full specs)
Use with Tyco (AMP) terminals 42281 or Ark-Les 3000H112A series
(consult terminal manufacturers for full specs)
99025
99025-BX
99026-BX
–
70A
.375”
A
99026
–
40A
.250”
A or C
5
Plug-In Relay & MicroRelay Schematics and Terminal Layout
General purpose relays fit many vehicles and applications.
RELAY TERMINAL LAYOUTS
(40A .250” terminals – 70A .375” terminals
FORM
RELAY SCHEMATICS
MICRORELAY TERMINAL LAYOUTS
0.551
0.662 (16.81)
0.315
30
87
85
86
87
0.354
0.331 (8.40)
Form A
0.705 (17.91)
30 85
(-)
86
87
(+)
86
85
RESISTOR OR DIODE
(optional)
0.453
30
0.662 (16.81)
0.315 (8.00)
0.551
0.315
0.177
87
87a
0.331 (8.40)
85
87
86
30
87
0.354
Form C
0.705 (17.91)
30 85
(-)
86 87
(+)
87a
86
85
RESISTOR OR DIODE
(optional)
30
0.453
0.662 (16.81)
0.315 (8.00)
87
87
0.331 (8.40)
Form 2
– Not Available –
30 85
(-)
86
86
85
87 87
1.043 (26.5) Sq. Ref.
(+)
30
RESISTOR OR DIODE
(optional)
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
60
Battery & Master
Disconnect Switches
Master Disconnect Switches are available for any application and suitable for 12V to
48V and up to 500A continuous (at 12V). Other features include: single or dual pole
configurations, stem or flange mount, with lockout/tagout and lever or keyed actuators.
Lockouts & Tagouts
Lockouts and tagouts prevent operators, technicians
and maintenance personnel from unanticipated pow-
er-ups that might cause injury or death.
According to OSHA, “A lockout device utilizes a pos-
itive means such as a lock to hold an energy isolating
device in a safe position and prevent the energization
of a machine.” A tagout is a tag or seal that states
‘Do not operate or remove this tag’ and is signed by
the person who places the tagout. Procedures specify
that nobody but that person may remove the tag.
A lockout on a battery switch not only keeps a vehicle
safe, but also immobilizes it. A locked out vehicle is
less vulnerable to battery drain or theft.
What is a Hencol Key?
Hencol is a Cole Hersee brand name used to describe our non-
bitted common keys. Hencol keys are often used for ignition
switches installed in forklifts or equipment that will have
multiple operators. The non-bitted key allows any authorized
user with a Hencol key to start and operator the vehicle.
The term Hencol is named after one of the Cole Hersee
founders and is a truncation of his name, Henry Cole.
61
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Battery Disconnect Switches
TR Series • 500A Dual Pole Battery Disconnect Switch
Cuts all battery power from vehicle electrical system, or for applications needing switching of two circuits,
or both positive and negative.
• 500A
continuous current rating for each of the two circuits (2x 4/0 input and 2x 4/0 output cables)
• Can
be used to switch two vehicle voltage circuit simultaneously (12 & 24V DC)
• Built-in
lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device
• Ignition
protected to SAE J
1
1
7
1 and ISO8846 for installation in a battery box or on vehicles carrying
hazardous loads
• Ingress
protection to IP67 and IP69k means that the switch can be mounted in exposed locations.
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/TRswitch
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
INGRESS
MOUNTING METHOD
BULK
RETAIL
880175
880175S
–
12-24V DC
500A
DPST
IP67 & IP69K
Surface Mount
75920 Series • 400A Sealed Battery Disconnect Switch
Protects vehicles against tampering, theft and battery drain. Switch protects from hazards during vehicle
servicing and provides an effective emergency power cutoff. Can be used in both positive or in negative
path applications. Built-in lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device.
6
• 400A
continuous at 12V DC — 3000A intermittent at 12V DC (15sec on 5 min off)
• Waterproof
and dustproof to IP68 – switch can be mounted in exposed locations
• Built-in
lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device
• Large
red knob is easy to operate with gloves
• Large
divider on base prevents accidental shorting of high energy cables
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/75920
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
MOUNTING
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
INGRESS
NOTES
TYPE
BULK
RETAIL
75920
75920-BX
75920-BP
12-36V DC
12-36V DC
12-36V DC
12-36V DC
200-400A
200-400A
200-400A
200-400A
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
IP68
IP68
IP68
IP68
Through-Hole
Through-Hole
Through-Hole
Through-Hole
Bezel marked “off – on”
Bezel marked “O – I” symbols
Stainless Steel Hardware
75920-05 75920-05-BX
75920-10
75921-10
–
–
–
75920-10-BX
–
Stainless Steel Metric Hardware
SR Series • 300A Flange Mount Battery Disconnect Switches
Isolates high current DC circuits from battery sources. Available in multiple case designs
with optional padlock capability.
• 300A
continuous current rating
• Tin-plated
copper studs provide maximum conductivity and lower contact resistance.
• Stainless
steel hardware provides superior corrosion resistance.
• Ignition
protected to SAE J
1
1
7
1 and ISO8846 for installation in a battery box or on
vehicles carrying hazardous loads.
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/SRswitch
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
AMPERAGE CRANKING
RATING
MOUNTING
METHOD
MAX VOLTAGE
INGRESS
NOTES
(AT 12V DC)
300A
(12V DC, 30sec)
BULK
RETAIL
880062
880064
–
–
48V DC
48V DC
36V DC
12 V DC
1250A (1 x 4/0 cable)
IP67 & IP69K
1250A (1 x 4/0 cable)
IP67 & IP69K
2500A (1 x 4/0 cable)
IP67 & IP69K
Through-Hole
Surface Mount
Surface Mount
Panel Mount
–
880064S
–
–
–
300A
Lock-Out
880154
–
–
600A
High-Cranking with Lock-Out
–
888842000A
5A
–
–
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
62
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
Battery Disconnect Switches
100-150A • SPST • UP4X/IP43 • Compact Battery Disconnect Switch
08098700 is Standard Compact Manual Battery Disconnect Switch that features a removable
handle with a plastic body. Rated to 100A continuous current this switch is ideal light-duty applications.
08099080 is an upgraded design with bigger contacts (M10) and improved components for heavier 150A
current loads within the same compact dimensions, which make it one of the most popular products for
12V applications. This Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a removable handle with a plastic body
and rubbed cap is included for protection while switch is removed from the socket.
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08098700
Mounting Diagram
Electrical Diagram
08099080
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
TERMINAL
HARDWARE
VOLTAGE AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY INGRESS
MOUNTING TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
Flange
Mount
08098700 08098700-BX
08098780 08098780-BX
–
12-24V DC
12-24V DC
100A
150A
150A
500A at 5s
SPST
SPST
SPST
IP4X
IP4X
IP43
M8 Copper
M10 Copper
M10 Copper
Brass
Brass
–
–
6
Flange
Mount
–
1000A at 5s
1000A at 5s
Flange
Mount
Zinc-Plated
Steel
Key Seal
and Cap
08099080 08099080-BX
08099080-BP 12-24V
DC
150A • SPST • IP65 • M10 Studs • Push to Off Compact Battery
Disconnect Switch
Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a push button for fast push to off operation in the event
where a quick reaction is necessary.
Rotate knob for ON. Switch status is indicated though a window on the top of the knob.
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08080200
PART NUMBERS
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
INGRESS
MOUNTING
TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
M10 Silver-
Plated Copper
08080200
08080200-BX
12-24V DC
150A
1200A at 5s
SPST
IP65
Through-Hole
Push to off
200A • SPST • IP67 • Marine Single Pole Main Battery Switch
Marine single pole main battery switch with a metal body. Heavy duty and resistant against corrosion, to
be used on heavy trucks, farm tractors, buses, commercial vehicles end especially on boats.
Switch features 200A continuous current rating, removable handle,. the “V” shape of the terminals allows
for easy cable connections, and reduces risk of arcing. This switch is also RINA ISO-8846 approved and is
equipped a white rubber protection cap
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08081400
PART NUMBERS
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
INGRESS
MOUNTING
TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
08081400
08081400-BX
24V DC
200A
1000A at 5s
SPST
IP67
Through-Hole
M10 Brass
Removable Key
63
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Battery Disconnect Switches
250A • SPST • IP65-IP69K • M10 Studs • Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual battery switch with removable or fixed handle and available with weather protective boots.
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08098800
– Base unit with removable handle
08098881
– Unit with removable handle and chain. Red and yellow rubber boots for weather protection
and to help identify different applications. Interchangeable with Bosch 0341002003 switches
08098882
– Unit with fixed handle and integrated lock-out tag-out. Red, yellow and black rubber boots
for weather protection and to help identify different applications. Latest design that does not require
accessory for lockout tagout. Interchangeable with Bosch 0341002003 switches
08098800
Mounting Diagram
Electrical Diagram
08098882
PART NUMBERS
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
TERMINAL
HARDWARE
VOLTAGE AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY INGRESS
MOUNTING TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
Flange
Mount
Zinc-Plated
Steel
6
08098800 08098800-BX 24V
DC
08098881 08098881-BX 24V
DC
250A
250A
2500A at 3s
SPST
SPST
IP65
M10 Copper
M10 Copper
Removable Handle
Removable Handle w/ Chain,
Keyhole Cover
Flange
Mount
Zinc-Plated
Steel
2500A at 3s
2500A at 3s
IP65/IP69k
Red & Yellow Boots
Fixed Handle w/ Integrated
Lock-Out Tag-Out
Black, Red & Yellow Boots
Flange
Mount
Zinc-Plated
Steel
08098882 08098882-BX 24V
DC
250A
SPST
IP65/IP69k
M10 Copper
250A • SPST • IP65 • Push to Off Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a turn to on and a push to off operation. Easy to operate and
shut off vehicle power in emergency situations.
Switch features and identical mounting patter to metal body removable key switches so the same
application has multiple options with minimal design changes.
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08010200
PART NUMBERS
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
INGRESS
MOUNTING
TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
M10 Silver
Plated Copper
08010200
08010200-BX
24V DC
250A
2500A at 3s
SPST
IP65
Flange Mount
Push-to-Off
300A • SPST • IP65 • 360˚ Rotation Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a fixed handle and metal body. The handle and contacts are
designed with a unique 360˚ operation for activating the switch ON-OF
F
.
T
he handle can be rotated either
left or right to switch the circuit status. Switch is ON when handle is aligned with the terminals and OFF
when perpendicular with the terminals.
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08010100
PART NUMBERS
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
INGRESS
MOUNTING
TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
08010100
08010100-BX
24V DC
300A
1000A at 10s
SPST
IP65
Flange Mount
M10 Copper
360˚ Handle Rotation
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
64
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
Battery Disconnect Switches
350A • SPST • IP65-IP69K • M12 Studs • Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual switches with a removable or fixed handle and weather protective boot depending on part
number selected. For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08098900
– base unit with removable handle
08098980
– switch with removable handle with black boot and chain
08098981
– switch with fixed handle and black boot
08098900
Mounting Diagram
Electrical Diagram
08098980
PART NUMBERS
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
TERMINAL
HARDWARE
VOLTAGE AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY INGRESS
MOUNTING TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
Flange
Mount
M12 Silver-
Zinc-Plated
Steel
08098900 08098900-BX
12-24V DC
08098980 08098980-BX
12-24V DC
08098981 08098981-BX
12-24V DC
350A
350A
350A
2500A at 3s
SPST
SPST
SPST
IP65
IP65
Removable Handle
Plated Copper
6
Flange
Mount
M12 Silver-
Plated Copper
Zinc-Plated
Steel
Removable Handle w/ Chain
Keyhole Cover
2500A at 3s
2500A at 3s
Flange
Mount
M12 Silver-
Plated Copper
Zinc-Plated
Steel
IP65/IP69K
Fixed Handle w/ Black Boot
250-500A • DPST • IP67/IP69K • Dual Pole Battery Disconnect Switch
250A-500A Dual Pole manual battery master switch with removable or fixed handle. High performance
design with industry leading mechanics and materials featuring modern advancements in the design
evolution of manual battery disconnects.
• Smartkey
allows handle to removable or fixed, locking it in either the OFF or ON position
• Protective
rubber cap with an auto-protection feature ensures protection when the handle is removed
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
Electrical Diagram
08084300 & 08084400
PART NUMBERS
INTERMITTENT
CURRENT
TERMINAL
VOLTAGE AMPERAGE
CIRCUITRY
DPST
INGRESS
IP67/IP69K
IP67/IP69K
MOUNTING
Flange Mount
Flange Mount
TERMINALS
NOTES
HARDWARE
BULK
BOXED
M10 Silver-
Plated Copper
Nickel Plated
Brass
08084300
08084300-BX
24V DC
24V DC
250A
500A
1000A at 2s
1500A at 2s
–
–
M12 Silver-
Plated Copper
Nickel Plated
Brass
08084400
08084400-BX
DPST
65
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Single-Pole Battery Switches
2484 Series • 175A • SPST • Single Pole Metal Body Battery Disconnect Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
•
T
w
o
positions: Off-On.
• Mounting
Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with one of two lengths:
23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
17/32” (13.5mm) long, fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
•
T
o
rque:
Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max – 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs
• Electrical
ratings on UL labels are conservative
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/2484
2484 with steel case and diecast lever
PART NUMBERS
2484-03 with steel case and Hencol lock
AMPERAGE
Dimensions
MOUNTING STEM
2-position lever model
TERMINAL
STUDS
VOLTAGE
CASE
ACTUATOR
CONTINUOUS
INTERMITTENT
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
6V DC
40A
20A
250A
125A
2484
2484-BX
2484-16-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Copper
Silver
Brass
Silver
Silver
Copper
Silver
Silver
Silver
•
•
6
12V DC
Lever
2484-16
24024
800A
(15s On–5m Off)
Hencol
Key
•
•
ꢀ-16
23/32 long
2484-A
2484-06
2484-09
2484-02
2484-03
2484-19
2484-A-BX
2484-06-BX
2484-09-BX
2484-02-BX
2484-03-BX
2484-19-BX
Plated
Steel
Two 3/8”-24
Brass
Lever
•
•
6-36V DC
175A
1000A
(15s On–5m Off)
•
•
•
ꢀ-16
17/32” long
Hencol
Key
•
•
1000A
(30s On–5m Off)
SPST Wiring Diagram
+
B
A
T
S
T
A
RTER
SOLENOID
S
T
A
RTER
MOTOR
SWITCH
75908 Series • 300A • SPST • Single Pole High Current Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
T
w
o positions: Off-On.
• Mounting
Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread, 17/32” (13.5mm) long
fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
•
T
o
rque:
Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max – 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/75908
75908
PART NUMBERS
AMPERAGE
MOUNTING STEM
TERMINAL
STUDS
VOLTAGE
CASE
ACTUATOR
CONTINUOUS
INTERMITTENT
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
Plated
Steel
ꢀ-16
17/32” long
2000A
75908
75908-BX
–
12V DC
300A
Two ꢁ”-20
–
Lever
Copper
•
(30s On–3m Off)
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
66
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
Double-Pole Battery Switches
75900 Series • 125A • DPST • Double Pole Metal Body Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
• Mounting
Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with one of two lengths:
23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
17/32” (13.5mm) long, fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
•
T
o
rque:
Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max – 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/75900
2-position lever model
75903 / 75904
75904-02 / 75904-03
75912
AMPERAGE
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING STEM
TERMINAL
STUDS
LARGE STUDS
SMALL STUDS
CASE
VOLTAGE
ACTUATOR
CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS
MATERIAL
SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
75903
75903-BX
–
Brass
ꢀ-16
Chrome
Silver
23/32 long
75904
75904-BX
–
–
–
–
Lever
1000A
6
Two 3/8”-24
Two 10-32
75904-01 75904-01-BX
75904-02 75904-02-BX
75904-03 75904-03-BX
15s On
5m Off
20A
Brass
Silver
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plated
Steel
ꢀ-16
17/32 long
6-36V DC
125A
Silver
Hencol
Key
Silver
•
•
750A
15s On
5m Off
ꢀ-16
23/32 long
Chrome
Silver
75912
75912-BX
–
–
Four 3/8-24
–
•
Lever
Note: 75912 has epoxy seal at case, mounting stem and indexing pin. Operating Temp: -40˚ to 85˚F
DPST Wiring Diagram
75912 Wiring Diagram
(For two high current loads)
REGUL
A
TOR
B
F
A
+
B
A
T
SWITCH
A
+
B
A
B
B
A
T
S
T
A
RTER
SOLENOID
S
T
A
RTER
MOTOR
S
T
A
RTER
SOLENOID
S
T
A
RTER
MOTOR
A or B
F
GENER
A
TOR
OR A
L
T
ERN
A
TOR
75907 Series • 300A • DPST • Double Pole High Current Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
T
w
o positions: Off-On.
• Mounting
Stem: 3/4” -16 thread, 23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
•
T
o
rque:
Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max – 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/75907
75907
AMPERAGE
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING STEM
TERMINAL
STUDS
LARGE STUDS
SMALL STUDS
CASE
VOLTAGE
ACTUATOR
CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS
MATERIAL
SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
Plated
Two ꢁ”-20 &
Steel
ꢀ-16
23/32 long
Diecast
Lever
2000A
75907
75907-BX
–
6-36V DC
300A
20A
–
Copper
•
•
(30s On–3m Off)
Two 10-32
67
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Marine Battery Switches
M-284 Series • 175A • SPST • Single Pole Brass Marine Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
• Mounting
Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread, 1 13/32” (46.1mm) long
fits panels up to 15/16” (23.8mm) thick
•
T
o
rque:
Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max – 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs
• M-284-09BP
includes Faceplate 82065
• Electrical
ratings on UL labels are conservative
For additional information visit:
littelfuse.com/M-284
2-position lever model
M-284-01
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
AMPERAGE
MOUNTING STEM
TERMINAL
STUDS
VOLTAGE
CASE
ACTUATOR
CONTINUOUS
INTERMITTENT
BULK
RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
M-284
M-284-BX
M-284-BP
–
Lever
Copper
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
1000A
(15s On–5m Off)
M-284-A M-284-A-BX
Lever
Lever
800A
M-284-01 M-284-01-BX
M-284-01-BP
•
(15s On–5m Off)
Two 3/8”
(9.5mm Ø)
ꢀ-16
1 13/32” long
Dichromate
Lever
M-284-02 M-284-02-BX
–
6-36V DC
175A
Brass
Brass
•
•
•
•
6
Dichromate
Lever
–
M-284-26
–
–
–
M-284-09-BP
1000A
(15s On–5m Off)
–
–
Lever
Lever
M-289-BX
†
M-284-09-BP Kit includes M-284-02 Switch and 82065 Faceplate.
M-290 Series • 125A • DPST • Double Pole Brass Marine Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
T
w
o
positions: Off-On.
• Mounting
Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with 1 13/32” (46.1mm) long,
fits panels up to 15/16” (23.8mm) thick
•
T
o
rque:
Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max – 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs
• M-290-05
is UL Listed to 707B
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/7590X
M-290-05
AMPERAGE
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING STEM
TERMINAL
STUDS
LARGE STUDS
SMALL STUDS
CASE
VOLTAGE
ACTUATOR
CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS
MATERIAL
SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
M-290
M-290-BX
–
6-36V DC
6-36V DC
6-36V DC
125A
Silver
Silver
Silver
ꢀ-16
1 13/32”
long
Two 3/8”-24 &
Two 10-32
1000A
M-290-01 M-290-01-BX
M-290-05 M-290-05-BX
–
–
125A
125A
20A
Brass
Brass
Lever
•
(15s On–5m Off)
•
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
68
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
Battery Selector Disconnect Switches
M-750 • Dual Battery Selector / Master Disconnect Switch
For any vehicle that needs to use two batteries where one battery is used for starting
the engine, while the other is used to power auxiliary loads. This is a common situation
in trucks, boats, RVs, police and rescue vehicles, and in ambulances and fire equipment.
A selector switch allows use of the first battery, the second battery, or both batteries
simultaneously. This provides back-up starting power in an emergency. Either or both
batteries can be selected to supply power.
These switches combine the functions of Battery Selector and Master Disconnect
Switches to give four battery power options:
• Power
cut off at the source.
• Power
On, Battery
1
.
• Power
On, Battery 2.
• Power
On, both Batteries.
Electrical Ratings
Labeled UL 707B. Rating: 500A intermittent, 310A continuous, 6-36V DC
Electrical ratings on UL labels are conservative. Use with either alternators or
generators. Make before break design permits operation through the three On positions
with the engines running. Engines should always be shut down before turning to Off.
Wiring instructions are included.
Heavy-Duty Construction
• Vaporproof,
weathe
r
–
, dust- and corrosion-resistant.
• Durable,
fracture-resistant high temperature plastic case, knob and insulator.
• Switches
conform to USCG section 183.410 for ignition protection. Resistant to
impact, and temperature extremes.
• Heavy
duty copper stud terminals, with brass hexnuts. Can be surface mounted, or
installed through a 3
5/16” diameter hole in the panel
• Dimensions:
Flange: 6” (152.4mm) diameter, overall height 2 5/8” (66.7mm).
T
e
rminals: 3 copper studs, 3/8” (9.5mm) diameter..
6
• Alternator
field disconnect circuit switch. Prevents possible alternator diode failure if the
switch is accidentally turned to Off with the engines running.
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit:
littelfuse.com/M750
M-754 Back is shown.
Three small terminals in the middle are for
connection to the pilot light circuit.
M-752 has two small terminals in the middle
marked F1 and F2 for connection to the
Alternator Field Disconnect circuit.
M-750 has no small terminals in the middle.
Full wiring instructions are included.
M-750 Standard Switch
PART NUMBERS
M-754 Back
TERMINALS
MOUNTING TYPE
SEALING
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
BOXED
M-750
M-754
–
–
M-750-BP
M-754-BP
Surface Mount
Vaporproof, Weather-Resistant,
Dust-Resistant, and Corrosion-
Resistant
Copper Studs 3/8” (9.5mm)
Brass hexnuts
Panel Mount
(3 5/16″ Ø hole)
•
69
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Battery Switch & Battery Accessories
Metal Body Master Disconnect Switches – Accessories
Replacement levers, faceplates, terminal caps and lockout kits for Battery Disconnect Switches.
24505 – Lockout lever kit
PART NUMBERS
80101-B –
Lever
DESCRIPTION
83353 – Hencol Key
82065 – Faceplate with On-Off Marking
DESCRIPTION
BULK
BOX
RETAIL
Lockout
Lever Kit
Lever and flange plate accept a padlock to securely lock a Disconnect Switch in the Off position.
For use with lever actuated switches with a ꢀ” Ø diameter mounting stem. Use a padlock with a 5/16” Ø shackle
24505
24505-BX
–
24505-01
80101-B
83353
–
–
–
–
–
–
Lever
Battery Disconnect Switch Lock Out Kit w/Mounting Panel and Lever
80101-B-BX
83353-BX
82065-BX
82065-02-BX
Lever
Replacement chrome-plated diecast lever
Hencol Key
Faceplate
Faceplate
Replacement Hencol Key – Heavy gauge plated steel resists corrosion
Polished aluminum with enamel finish – 2 ꢁ” (63.5mm) Ø
82065
82065-02
With indexing hole – Polished aluminum with enamel finish – 2 ꢁ” (63.5mm) Ø
Battery Jumper Terminals and Feeder Studs
Battery Jumpe
r
T
e
rminals are used to make easily-accessible battery connections, inside or outside the vehicle. They can be used individually or in
pairs and are easy to install. Featuring solid brass posts, including a brass hexnut and lockwasher.
6
Feeder Studs bring power through bulkheads or firewalls and feature an impact-resistant plastic insulator/mounting bushing.
46210-02
46210-03
46211-R
46211-01
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
TERMINAL/STUD SIZE
DIMENSIONS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
46210-02 46210-02-BX 6-48V
DC
46210-03 46210-03-BX 6-48V
DC
Terminal Post
Terminal Post
Feeder Stud
Feeder Stud
Red
Black
Red
Replacement Cap: 97846-A
Replacement Cap: 97846-B
Terminal: 13/16” (20.6mm) Ø
1-1/8” (29.9mm) long
–
46211-R
46211-R-BX
6-36V DC
Two 3/8” -16 threads
5/8” (15.9mm) long
1 17/64” (32.1mm) Ø
5/8” (15.9mm) long
–
46211-01 46211-01-BX 6-36V
DC
Black
JBPT Single Stud Junction Blocks
Connection points for distribution of power in feed-thru and non-feed-thru styles. Simplifies
cabling and serves as convenient tap points.
Stainless steel studs of various threads and sizes,
in red or black thermoplastic body. 3/8” zinc-plated steel studs have electrical rating of 400A and
low resistance due to large contact area. High installation torque values allow the use of large
cable sizes for high current applications.
PART NUMBERS
COLOR
FEED TYPE
STUD SIZE
MOUNTING BASE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
JBPT2P01ZXR
JBPT2N02ZXB
JBPT3P01ZXB
JBPT3P02ZXB
JBPT3N03ZXB
JBPT0001Z
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Red
Black
Black
Black
Black
Red
Feed-Thru
Non-Feed-Thru
Feed-Thru
Non-Feed-Thru
Feed-Thru
ꢁ”-13
ꢁ”-13
3/8”-18
3/8”-18
3/8”-18
–
69.8 x 47.6mm
69.8 x 47.6mm
52.4 x 19.1mm
52.4 x 19.1mm
–
Feed-Thru
–
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
70
Ignition Switches
Littelfuse offers the broadest range of 12V to 48V Ignition Switches which are suitable
for any application. Variations include those with plastic or traditional metal body, leve
r
–
actuated, tumbler keyed, or patented Hencol keyed.
Benefits of Anti-Restart Feature
Severa
l
i
gnitio
n
s
witches
,
i
ncludin
g
t
h
e
9
506
0
s
eries
,
f
eatur
e
a
n
a
nti-restar
t
m
echanism.
An operator can damage the starter motor if the ignition switch is inadvertently turned
the when the engine is running
.
T
his can happen in noisy environments where it may
be difficult to hear the engine. The switch must be turned to the Off position before
the start circuit can be re-energized.
95060 – Not Just for Ignitions
The 95060 series is widely used in ignition systems. However, there are many other
applications where a keyed, wate
r
–
resistant rotary switch (two, three, or four positions)
is required for 12
V
,
2
4
V
,
o
r 36V systems
What is a Hencol Key?
Hencol is a Cole Hersee brand name used to describe our non-bitted common keys.
Hencol keys are often used for ignition switches installed in forklifts
or equipment that will have multiple operators. The non-bitted key
allows any authorized user with a Hencol key to start and operator
the vehicle.
The term Hencol is named after one of the Cole Hersee founders
and is a mash-up of their name, Henry Cole.
71
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Sealed Ignition Switches
95060 Series • 12-48V DC • Sealed Ignition Switches
Durable engineering thermoplastic construction withstands impact,
and will not corrode, even on continual exposure to road salt. 95060
switches have integrated Deutsch-type connector for easy installs.
• Actuators:
single or multiple key codes, lever, knob or D-shaft.
– Keyed switches ship with 2 keys (removable in Off position)
Replacement blanks: 83451-6 (600 series) or 83451-7 (700 series).
› CH601: Single tumbler code – all locks are identical
› Mixed: 200 random key codes
› 10 code:10 random key codes
– Lever: Chrome-plated diecast lever p/n 81254
– Soft touch knob: p/n 81397
• Voltages:
10A at 12
V
,
5
A at 24
V
,
3
A at 36V and 2A at 48V
• Options:
key boot, anti-restart, or spring return
• Sealing:
contacts are sealed front and back to IP67 standard,
with connector (p/n 3
1
101) installed
• Ignition
Protection: Tested to SAE J259 and UL-Recognized
• Deutsch
connectors & Wires Part Number: 3
1
101
(included in -50, -51 and -60 items)
– D-shaft: 1/4” D-shaft to accept customer
’
s
a
ctuator
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/95060
95060 Series
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
95061 Series
95062 Series
POSITIONS
2
KEYS
SWITCH W/
REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
HARNESS
(P/N 31101)
OR KEY BLANK
BULK
RETAIL
1
3
4
CODE
95060
95060-BX
–
Acc
Acc
Off
Off
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
–
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Lever
Lever
Lever
Knob
Knob
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Keys
Lever
Lever
Lever
Lever
Knob
Keys
Keys
Lever
Knob
Knob
Mixed
Mixed
Mixed
CH601
CH601
10 Codes
10 Codes
–
•
•
•
•
•
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6
95060-01 95060-01-BX
95060-02
95060-23 95060-23-BX
95060-24
95060-34 95060-34-BX
–
•
–
–
Acc
Off
–
Acc
Off
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
Acc
Off
83451-6
–
Acc
Off
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6 or 83451-7
81254
7
4
–
–
95061-BX
95061-50-BX
–
95060-50-BP
Acc
Off
•
•
•
95060
95061
–
–
Acc
Off
–
–
Acc
Off
–
81254
95061-01
95062-10
–
–
Acc
Off
–
•
•
81254
–
–
Acc
Off
–
81397
95062-50-BX
–
Acc
Off
–
•
•
95062-10
95060-03
81397
95060-03 95060-03-BX
–
Off
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Off
Mixed
Mixed
Mixed
10 Codes
CH601
CH545
Mixed
–
•
•
•
•
•
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6 – no logo
Yale Y13
–
–
95060-60-BP
Off
Start
–
95060-04 95060-04-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Off
Start
–
95060-21
95060-26
95060-36
95060-43
–
–
–
–
Off
Start
–
Off
Start
–
Mom On 1
Mom On 1
Off
Mom On 2
Mom On 2
Start
–
3
Off
–
•
83451-6 or 83451-7
81254
95061-04 95061-04-BX
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Off
–
•
•
95061-05
–
–
Off
Start
–
–
81254
95061-60-BX
Off
Start
–
–
•
•
95061-04
95062-17
81254
95061-36 95061-36-BX
95062-13
95060-07 95060-07-BX
Mom On 1
Off
Mom On 2
Start
–
–
81254
–
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Start
Ign/Start
–
–
81254
Off
–
–
Mixed
CH601
–
•
•
83451-6 or 83451-7
83451-6
95060-29
95061-07
95062-17
–
–
Off
–
–
2
–
Off
–
–
81254
–
Off
–
–
–
81397
95062-57-BX
Off
–
–
–
81397
Technical Details
MOUNTING STEM, M22
x 1.5
BRASS HEXNUT
BLACK PLASTIC HOUSING
POS 2
OFF
CONNECTOR TO ACCEPT
DEUTSCH DT06-6S
CONNECTOR
OR EQUIVALENT
POS 3
POS 1
ACC
BLACK PLASTIC
FACENUT
IGN & ACC
POS 4
START
TERMINALS
1 = Battery
2 = Start
4 = Ignition
5 = Ignition
6 = Battery
3 = Accessory
T
e
rminals 1 and 6 are connected internally.
T
e
rminals 4 and 5 are connected internally.
Ø2.011 [51.07]
1.248 [31.69]
1.950 [49.52]
4-position model shown
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
72
Ignition Switches
Heavy Duty Ignition Switches
956 Series • Heavy Duty General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
Dependable diecast zinc housing switches with an array of options for every application. Switches mount through the panel and have
lever action or are keyed (hencol key or coded tumbler lock). On keyed switches the key is removable at Off position only.
•
T
w
o
T
e
rminal Options: Brass blade 1/4” (6.4mm) wide accept Delphi (Packard) connector 2962912 or equivalent
Screw
T
e
rminals include lock washers
•
T
w
o
Mounting Sizes: 1”-24 bushings fit panels .030”- .090” (.76mm – 2.3mm)
3/4”-24 bushings fit panels .060”- .
1
1
0
” (
1
.
5mm – 2.7mm)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
Coded tumbler lock with 2 keys
PART NUMBERS
Patented Hencol lock with 2 keys (83357)
Short handle lever (81254)
Military Lever (956-5109)
AMP RATING (12V DC)
POSITIONS
2
SEAL TYPE
REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1
3
4
956-4100 956-4100-BX
956-4107 956-4107-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
10 10
10 10
10 10
30 10
10 10
5
5
5
5
5
1
1
1
–
1
–
–
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
–
1
–
–
4
Acc
Acc
Acc
Acc
Acc
Acc
Acc
Acc
Acc
Acc
Fuel
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4
blade
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
¾”-24
¾”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
1”-24
¾”-24
¾”-24
¾”-24
¾”-24
Off
Unavailable – OB
83357
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Hencol 4
screw
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
S. Lever
4 blade
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Hencol 4
blade
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
S. Lever
4 screw
Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4
blade
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Hencol 4
screw
Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 5
screw
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Hencol 4
screw
Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4
blade
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Hencol 5
screw
•
•
•
•
–
956-4111-BX
–
81254
956-4113
•
•
•
83357
7
956-4124 956-4124-BX
956-4138 956-4138-BX
956-4141 956-4141-BX
956-4154 956-4154-BX
956-4307 956-4307-BX
956-4311 956-4311-BX
956-9100 956-9100-BX
956-3122 956-3122-BX
956-3124 956-3124-BX
956-3125 956-3125-BX
956-3126 956-3126-BX
956-3127 956-3127-BX
81254
30 20 10
30 20 10
Unavailable – OB
83357
•
•
•
•
•
10 10
10 10
10 10
5
5
5
5
5
5
•
Unavailable – OB
83357
•
•
•
•
•
Unavailable – OB
83357
10
5
•
•
10 10
10 10
3
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Coded 5
screw
S. Lever
5 screw
Coded 4
screw
Hencol 4
screw
S. Lever
3 screw
S. Lever
5 screw
Mil. Lever
4 screw
Hencol 4
screw
Hencol 3
screw
Hencol 3
screw
Hencol 3
screw
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unavailable – OB
81254
Off
30 10 10
10 10
30 10 10
10 10
20 10 10
Off
•
•
•
Unavailable – OB
83357
5
Off
Off
•
81254
956-3135
956-5109 956-5109-BX
956-5124
956-5307 956-5307-BX
–
5
Off
n/a
Off
•
•
•
•
•
n/a
–
10 10
10 10
10 10
30 10
5
5
–
–
Off
•
•
•
•
83357
Acc
Acc
Acc
Off
Off
Off
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
83357
956-6307
956-6310
–
–
83357
•
•
83357
Off
Typical Hencol Switch Dimensions
5 Screw Terminals
Ign
Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Start
Ign/Start
4 Position
3-position Off-Ign-Ign/Start
Off
Off
Ign/Acc
Ign/Start
Fuel
Ign/Acc
Ign/Start
3-position Off-Ign/Acc-Ign/Start
(includes anti-restart switches)
4-position diesel ignition
(956-9100)
73
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
General Purpose Ignition Switches
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Zinc
diecast housing
• Coded
tumbler locks (2 keys)
• Screw
terminals with lock washers
• Fit
panels up to 3/8” (9.5mm)
• Key
removable at Off positions (except 9518)
• Spring
return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches.
†
(except 9578)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
AMP RATING
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POSITIONS
(12V DC)
ACTUATOR
/ KEY TYPE
BUSHING
SIZE
REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
1
2
3
4
–
–
–
–
–
9579
9579-02
9513
9579-BX
9579-02-BX
9513-BX
9579-BP
10 10
10 10
10
10 10
5
5
5
–
4
4
3
3
Acc
Acc
Off
Off
Off
Ign
Off
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Coded
Coded
Coded
Coded
4 screw
4 screw
3 screw
3 screw
¾”-20
¾”-20
¾”-20
¾”-20
Key code CH-505
–
–
–
–
–
–
Ign/Start
Ign/Acc
–
–
9578
9578-BX
Acc
1A Magneto
–
95539
95539-BX
–
10
1
5
3
Off
Off
Run
Ign
Start
–
Coded
4 screw
¾”-20
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
95582
9577
95535
95593
95582-BX
9577-BX
95535-BX
95593-BX
–
–
–
–
–
10
10
10
–
5
5
–
5
–
3
2
–
–
Ign/Start
–
–
–
Coded
Coded
Key
3 screw
2 screw
4 screw
3 screw
•
¾”-20
¾”-20
13/16”
3/4”
Off On
(Ign)
Acc
Rev
Off
Off
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Run
10 10
–
Key
†
Switch does not have a spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC feature.
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Zinc
diecast housing
• Military
style lever
7
• Screw
terminals with lock washers
• Fit
panels up to
1
1
/64” (4.4mm)
• Spring
return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
AMP RATING
POSITIONS
(12V DC)
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
BUSHING
NOTES
/ KEY TYPE
SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1
2
3
Ign/Start
–
4
–
–
–
95634-01
95633-A
95634-01-BX
95633-A-BX
–
–
10
5
3
2
Off
Off
Ign
Mil. Lever
3 screw
Mil. Lever
3 screw
•
¾”-20
¾”-20
Moisture & fungus-resistant
per MIL-JAN-T-152
10 10
Ign/Acc
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Plated
steel housing
• Hencol
locks (2 keys)
• Screw
terminals with lock washers
• Fit
panels up to 1/8” (3.2mm)
• Key
removable at Off positions
• Spring
return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
AMP RATING
POSITIONS
(12V DC)
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
ACTUATOR
/ KEY TYPE
BUSHING
SIZE
REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
BULK
RETAIL
1
2
3
4
95525-A 95525-A-BX
95524-A 95524-A-BX
–
–
–
10 10
5
5
–
4
3
2
Acc
Off
Off On/Ign
Off
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Hencol
4 screw
3 screw
2 screw
•
•
•
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
83357
83357
83357
–
–
10
10
Ign Ign/Start
–
–
Hencol
Hencol
95522-A
–
–
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
74
Ignition Switches
General Purpose Ignition Switches
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Plated
steel housing
• Lever
actuator (short or long)
• Fit
panels up to 1/8” (3.2mm)
• Spring
return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
AMP RATING
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POSITIONS
2
(12V DC)
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
BUSHING
SIZE
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
1
3
Zinc Diecast Lever
Short Chrome Lever
Short Chrome Lever
Short Chrome Lever
95591
95610
95612
–
95591-BX
95610-BX
95612-BX
95613-BX
–
–
–
–
10
5
3
3
3
3
Off
Off
Off
Off
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Lever
4 screw
3 screw
3 screw
3 blade
•
•
•
•
•
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
25
25
20
20
20
20
Ign
Ign
Ign
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Acc
Short Lever
Short Lever
Short Lever
•
•
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Plated
steel housing
• Hencol
locks come with 2 keys
• Screw
terminals come with lock washers
• Fit
panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm)
• Key
removable at Off positions
• Spring
return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
AMP RATING
POSITIONS
(12V DC)
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
BUSHING
SIZE
REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
7
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1
2
3
–
83353
80101-A
80101-A
83353
–
95521-B
95521-01 95521-01-BX
95033
95597
M-288
95521-B-BX
–
–
–
–
–
25
25
50
50
50
70
70
10
–
3
3
3
2
2
Off
Off
Glow
Off On
(Ign)
Off On
(Ign)
Ign
Ign
Start Long
Hencol 3
screw
•
•
•
•
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
5/8”-32
Dichromate Lever
50A Glow – Diesel
Heavy-Duty
Start
Lever
Lever
3 screw
3 screw
95033-BX
95597-BX
M-288-BX
Off
Glow/Start
–
–
Long Hencol
2 screw
Lever 2
screw
•
•
•
•
Heavy-Duty
–
5A-10A Compact Ignition Switches
•
•
•
Key removable at Off and On
3/4” -24 mounting stem fits panels to 3/4” (19.1mm)
Compact – Plated steel case, stainless steel bezel & face washer
Level Lock Ignition Switch (9500)
Coded tumbler lock with 2 keys (9622-01)
PART NUMBERS
POSITIONS
ACTUATOR /
RATING
TERMINALS
MOUNTING STEM
KEY TYPE
BULK
9500
BOXED
9500-BX
RETAIL
TOTAL
1
2
–
–
10A at 12V DC
5A at 12V DC
2
2
Off
Off
On (Ign)
Lever
2 screw
2 screw
ꢀ”-20 fits panels to 13/64” (5.2mm)
¾”-24
9622-01
9622-01-BX
On (Ign)
Tumbler Key Coded
10A Reversing Switch with Tumbler Key
Reversing Switch in a plated steel case. Key is removable in Off
position only with Spring return to Off. O-ring seal in mounting stem.
Off
On Reverse
On Forward
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POSITIONS
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
BUSHING
SIZE
RATING
TERMINALS
BULK
RETAIL
TOTAL
1
2
3
75705-01 75705-01-BX
–
10A at 12V DC
3
Mom Forward
Off
Mom Reverse
Coded
3 screw
13/16”-24
75
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Marine Grade Ignition Switches
Marine or General Purpose Brass Body Keyed Ignition Switches
Marine switches are highly suitable for harsh environments on land or at sea. They are corrosion-resistant,
with brass cases. Moisture-repellent insulators, coded locks with 2 brass keys.
• Brass
housing and mounting hardware, chrome-plated brass facenut.
• Coded
tumbler locks (2 keys)
M-712 • M-550 • M-489
• Screw
terminals with lock washers
• Fit
panels up to 1” (25.4mm)
• Key
removable at Off positions
• Spring
return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
M-712-09 • M-550-14
AMP RATING
POSITIONS
(12V DC)
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
BUSHING
SIZE
REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1
2
3
4
Bitted CH-523 Code
Bitted Mixed Codes
M-6110-05
M-700
M-712
M-712-09 M-712-09-BX
M-712-09-BP 10
M-550
M-550-14 M-550-14-BX
M-550-14-BP
M-489
M-489-03
–
–
–
–
–
10
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
–
–
3
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
Off
Acc
Acc
Acc
Off
Off
Ign
Off
Off
Off
Ign
Ign
Ign/Start
–
Coded Key
3 screw
13/16”-24
3/4”
M-700-BX
M-712-BX
IgnAcc Ign/Start Coded
Key 4
screw
Ign/Acc Ign/Start
Coded Key
4 screw
13/16”-24
IgnAcc Ign/Start Coded
Key 4
screw 13/16”-24
Ign/Start
Ign/Start
M-712-BP 10
Rubber Boot
Rubber Boot
5
M-550-BX M-550-BP
–
–
–
–
10
10
10
10
–
–
–
–
Coded Key
3 screw
13/16”-24
Coded Key
3 screw
13/16”-24
Coded Key
2 screw
13/16”-24
Coded Key
2 screw
13/16”-24
M-489-BX M-489-BP
Off On/Ign
Off On/Ign
–
–
Keyhole shutter
–
–
Marine or General Purpose Brass Body Lever Ignition Switches
Marine switches are highly suitable for harsh environments on land or at sea. They are corrosion-resistant,
with brass cases.
7
• Brass
housing and mounting hardware, chrome -plated diecast long lever.
• Fit
panels up to 7/8” (22.2mm)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
M-497
AMP RATING
POSITIONS
(12V DC)
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
BUSHING
SIZE
TERMINALS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
IGNITION
TOTAL
1
2
M-497
M-497-BX
–
10
2
Off
On/Ign
Lever
2 screw
1/2’-20
15A Marine Plastic Body Ignition Switches
Durable plastic case and stem with PVC boot for added weather protection. Key is removable only in the
Off position. Off-Run-Start Spring return to IGN.
• Electrical
ratings at 6-36V DC: 15A ignition, 5A start
• Mounting
stem fits panels up to 7/8” (22.2mm) thick, with 7/8” diameter hole
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
M-850
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POSITIONS
2
SPRING
RETURN
REPLACEMENT
KEY
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
MOUNTING STEM
BULK
RETAIL
1
3
Fits panels to 7/8” (22.2mm)
with 7/8” Ø hole
M-850
M-850-BX M-850-BP
Off
Run
Ign/Start
Key
3 screw
•
–
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
76
Ignition Switches
Ignition Switches
Delco Replacement Ignition and Start Switches
Off
Acc
Ign/Acc
Ign/Start/Ground
Replacement switches sold without a lock cylinder.
T
o
r
eceive a new
lock cylinder and 2 keys order part number 958
7
4
. Both part numbers
feature a 1”-24 UNS-2A thread and key is only removable in Off position.
• 7
Blade
T
e
rminals accept Delphi (Packard) 6288702. Includes 2 ground terminals for checking indicator
bulbs. 1 additional battery terminal provides continuous hotfeed for optional equipment.
• Replaces
Delco D-1403-A, D-1406-A, D-1480, D-1498-A, • Chevrole
t
T
rucks 67-83, 85-89,
GMC
1
11
6
712,
1
11
6
683,
1
11
6
695,
1
11
6
704,
1
11
6
709,
1
11
6
7
1
1
, 2234285 • GM
C
T
r
ucks 67-83, 85-89
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
PART NUMBERS
POSITIONS
SPRING
RETURN
GROUND
TERMINAL
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
O-RING
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1
2
3
4
95410
–
–
Acc
Off
Ign/Acc
Ign/Start/Ground
None
7 screw
•
•
•
Ignition Switch Keys, Protective Boots, Caps, Facenuts and Cover Accessories
7
83353 – Long Hencol Key
83357 – Short Hencol Key
83379 – 500 Series Blank Tumbler Key
83285-01 & 83288 – Protective Boot
8367 – Face nut
98635-01 – Key Cover
PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL
DESCRIPTION
BULK
31101
BOX
31101-BX
83353-BX
83357-BX
–
RETAIL
–
Harness
Heavy Gauge Steel Plated
Heavy Gauge Steel Plated
Aluminum
Harness populated with Wires that mates to the 95060 Series Switches
83353
83357
83274
83379
83285-01
–
–
Hencol L Long Key
Hencol S Short Key
–
–
Face Nut
83379-BX
–
–
Brass
Design for 95 Series & M-XXX Marine Switches
–
Aluminum
Mounting nut containing a rubber self-closing key slot – ¾”-20 threads 7/16” thick
Mounting nut containing a rubber self-closing key slot – 13/16”-24 thread 7/32” thick
Face Nut Knurled Edges – ¾”-20 thread 19/64” thick – Clears 5/8” Hole
Black Slip-On Cover for Tumbler Keys 83379
83288-BX
8367-BX
–
83288-BP
Chrome Brass
Aluminum
8367
–
–
98635-01
Plastic
77
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Anti-Restart Ignition Switches
What Are They, and Where Should They Be Used?
The 95060 and 956 Series Ignition
Switches include an Anti-Restart safety
feature. On occasion, vehicle operators
do not realize the engine is running
and turn on the ignition resulting in a
squealing and grinding of gears. If this
happens repeatedly, the starter motor
will likely burn out. Cole Hersee Anti-
Restart Ignition Switches prevent this
from happening.
95060
How They Work
Most regular Ignition Switches have three positions.
Off: key can be removed. Ignition
and accessories (radio, lights etc) are
activated when the key is in.
956-3122
Momentary Start position runs the
starter motor. This position is spring-
7
loaded to return to position 2 once the
engine is running. If the Ignition Switch
is in position 2 and you think it’s in
position 1, you may be tempted to turn
it to position 3 while thinking it is in
95061
position 2. This results in the grinding
sound. Cole Hersee Anti Restart Ignition
Switches prevent the operator from
turning to Position 3 when the engine is
running. This safeguard against burnt-out motors can be retrofitted into any kind of vehicle,
such as forklifts or mining vehicles where the ambient noise is high. This kind of ‘lockout
ignition’ is available with a standard ignition key or with a lever for off-road applications.
For additional information, 2D Prints and more:
littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
956-3124
MOUNTING STEM, M22 x 1.5
BRASS HEXNUT
BLACK PLASTIC HOUSING
POS 2
OFF
CONNECTOR TO ACCEPT
DEUTSCH DT06-6S
CONNECTOR
OR EQUIVALENT
POS 3
IGN & ACC
POS 1
ACC
BLACK PLASTIC
FACENUT
POS 4
START
TERMINALS
1 = Battery
2 = Start
4 = Ignition
5 = Ignition
6 = Battery
3 = Accessory
T
e
rminals 1 and 6 are connected internally.
T
e
rminals 4 and 5 are connected internally.
Ø2.011 [51.07]
1.248 [31.69]
1.950 [49.52]
4-position model shown
95062
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
78
Rocker Switches
What is Dependent and Independent Illumination?
Dependent:
The actuator is illuminated only when the switch is turned on.
Independent:
Illumination is not affected by the actuation of the switch. The illumination can be
switched on or off by another switch, such as headlight or interior lighting controls.
This is especially useful when locating switches in the dark.
What Does SPST or DPST Mean?
The first two letters, SP or D
P
,
r
efer to single pole or double pole. The second two
letters, ST or DT refer to single throw or double throw.
Pole refers to the number of circuits controlled by the switch. SP switches control
one circuit and DP switches control two independent circuits (which act like two
identical switches that are mechanically linked). Pole is often confused with terminal,
which is a common mistake.
T
e
rminals are used for wire connections on the back of
the unit and are specified separately.
Throw refers to the extreme position of the actuator. ST switches close a circuit at
only one position and the other position is off. DT switches close a circuit in the Up
position, as well as the down position and can be configured with two positions
(On-On) or three positions
(On-Off-On).
79
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Sealed Rocker Switches
0.83″
L
25A LED Sealed Rocker Switches
1
2
4
5
•
•
•
•
Weathe
r
–
resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash resistant)
Supe
r
–
bright LED illumination and high-visibility wrap-around lenses
LEDs give visibility, even in sunlight and have a long life
Silver contacts and corrosion-resistant nickel-plated brass blades for superior
performance and electrical contact
_
+
1.45″
B
B
Standard mounting hole
Forward-Reverse switch
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
58312-A2 & A4
58312-R2 & R4
RATING
58312-C4
58312-G4
58312-AG
PART NUMBERS
LED PILOT LIGHTS
POLE &
THROW
ACTION
ILLUMINATION
TERMINALS CONTACTS
SEALING
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
LENS
COLOR 1
COLOR 2
LENS
BULK
BOXED
58312-R2
58312-A4
58312-C4
58312-G4
58312-R4
58312-AG
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
25A at 12V DC
25A at 12V DC
25A at 12V DC
25A at 12V DC
25A at 12V DC
25A at 12V DC
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
On-Off
On-Off
Independent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Red
Amber
Clear
Green
Red
–
4 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
4 blade
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
58312-A4-BX
–
–
On-Off
–
–
58312-G4-BX
58312-R4-BX
58312-AG-BX
On-Off
On-Off
–
On-Off-On
Amber
Green
8
Note: 24V DC versions can be made available for volume exceeding 1000 pieces. Please contact Littelfuse for more details.
25A & 15A Non-Illuminated Sealed Rocker Switches
•
Weathe
r
–
resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash resistant)
•
Silver contacts and corrosion-resistant nickel-plated brass blades for superior performance
and electrical contact
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
NOTES
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
58311-01
58311-02
58311-07
58311-08
58311-11
58311-13
58311-18
–
–
SPST
SPST
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
On-Off
Mom On-Off
On-Off-On
2 blade
2 blade
6 blade
6 blade
4 blade
4 blade
4 blade
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
–
–
–
–
–
–
On-On
–
58311-11-BP
–
On-Off-On
Forward & Reverse
Ignition & Start
25A at 12V DC
15A at 24V DC
58311-13-BX
–
Off-On-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
58311-18-BP
Forward & Reverse
Black Rocker and
Orange Lock
58336
58337
–
–
–
–
SPST
DPDT
2 blade
2 blade
IP66
IP66
On-Off (Lockable)
Open-Off-Close
Silver
Silver
Black Rocker with
White Text “Open –
TARP – Close”
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
80
Rocker Switches
Sealed Rocker Switches
58328 Series • 25A Incandescent Pilot Light Rocker
0.83″
Switches
•
•
•
•
•
•
Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit
Dependent or independent illumination
Faceted lenses are on the actuator
Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator
Brass blade or screw terminals available
1.45″
See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits
Standard mounting hole
58328-01
BULK
58328-02
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
LED PILOT LIGHTS
POLE &
THROW
RATING
ACTION
ILLUMINATION
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
LENS
LENS
COLOR 2
COLOR 1
58328-01
58328-02
–
58328-01-BX
–
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
On-Off
On-Off
Independent
Independent
Independent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Red
–
4 blade
4 blade
4 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
4 blade
4 blade
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
–
–
Green
–
–
58328-101-BP
On-Off
One lens of each color
–
58328-04
58328-11
–
58328-04-BX
58328-11-BX
58328-12-BX
58328-13-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
On-Off
Red
–
On-Off
Green
–
On-Off
Clear
–
58328-13
58328-55
58328-58
58328-62
–
25A at 12V DC
On-Off
Amber
–
On-Off
Blue
–
–
On-Off
Red
Amber
–
–
On-Off
–
58328-100-BP
–
On-Off
One lens of each color
Red
–
58328-35
–
58328-35-BX
–
On-Off-On
On-Off-On
Amber
58328-103-BP
One lens of each color
58332 Series • 20A Sealed Rocker Switches
58332 switches are supplied in retail BP only and are supplied with one black and one gray snap-on
actuator
.
T
hese general-purpose switches are suitable for all kinds of applications.
8
•
•
•
They are weathe
r
–
resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash-resistant).
Recognized at UL 1500 (Ignition protection for marine products). With neoprene gasket/panel seal.
Conveniently snap into a standard rectangular mounting hole
1
.
48” x 0.83” (36.8 x 2
1
.
1mm) in
panels from 0.09” to 0.19” thick (2.4 x 4.7mm).
•
•
Plastic housing, bezel and actuator.
Silver contacts, Brass blade terminals.
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
LED PILOT LIGHTS
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
ILLUMINATION
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
LENS COLOR 1
LENS COLOR
2
58332-04-BP
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPST
DPST
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
On-Off
Mom On-Off
On-Off-On
Green
Red
4 Blade
2 Blade
4 Blade
3 Blade
3 Blade
7 Blade
7 Blade
6 Blade
5 Blade
5 Blade
4 Blade
4Blade
7 Blade
7Blade
5Blade
58332-20-BP
58332-21-BP
58332-22-BP
58332-23-BP
58332-25-BP
58332-26-BP
58332-27-BP
58332-28-BP
58332-29-BP
58332-30-BP
58332-31-BP
58332-32-BP
58332-33-BP
58332-34-BP
–
–
Amber
–
Amber
Mom On-Off-Mom On
On-Off-Mom On
On-Off-Mom On
On-Off-On
–
Amber
Amber
Amber
–
–
–
Amber
UL1500
IP66
25A at 12V DC
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off
On-Off
Independent
–
Silver
–
–
Amber
Amber
Amber
Amber
Amber
Amber
–
On-Off-On
Amber
On-Off-Mom On
On-Off-Mom On
On-Off-On
–
–
Amber
–
On-Off
81
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Sealed Rocker Switches
56327 & 58327 Series • 25A Small Round Lens Pilot Light Rocker Switches
•
•
•
•
•
•
Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit
Dependent or independent illumination
Faceted lenses are on the actuator
Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator
Brass blade or screw terminals available
See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits
58327-01
58327-06
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
LED PILOT LIGHTS
POLE &
DIAGRAM
page 82
RATING
ACTION
ILLUMINATION
TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
LENS
LENS
THROW
BULK
BOXED
COLOR 1
COLOR 2
56327-01
58327-01
58327-06
56327-01-BX
58327-01-BX
58327-06-BX
56327-01-BP
58327-01-BP
58327-06-BP
SPST
SPST
SPDT
On-Off
On-Off
Dependent
Dependent
Dependent
Red
Red
3 screw
3 blade
4 blade
Silver
Silver
Silver
IP66
IP66
IP66
F
F
J
25A at 12V DC
On-Off-On
Red
Red
L
56027 & 58027 Series • 25A Non-Illuminated Rocker Switches
1
2
4
•
•
•
•
Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit
Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator
Brass blade or screw terminals available
_
+
5
B
B
See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
58027-01
Forward-Reverse switch
NOTES
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POLE &
RATING
ACTION
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
THROW
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
56027-01
58027-01
58027-02
58027-03
58027-04
58027-06
58027-07
58027-08
58027-11
58027-18
56027-01-BX
58027-01-BX
58027-02-BX
58027-03-BX
58027-04-BX
58027-06-BX
58027-07-BX
–
56027-01-BP
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
DPST
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
On-Off
On-Off
2 screw
2 blade
2 blade
3 blade
3 blade
4 blade
6 blade
6 blade
6 blade
4 blade
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
–
–
–
8
58027-02-BP
58027-03-BP
58027-04-BP
–
Mom On-Off
–
On-Off-On
–
Mom On-Off-Mom On
On-Off
–
25A at 12V DC
–
58027-07-BP
–
On-Off-On
–
On-On
–
58027-11-BX
58027-18-BX
58027-11-BP
–
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
–
Forward & Reverse
Dual & Wide Body Rocker Switches
25A Wide Body Dual Rocker Switches
•
•
•
•
•
•
T
w
o Single Pole switches in one body
Universal application switches
Snap-in mounting
Silver contacts, copper blade terminals
Black or white actuators, imprinted in contrasting black or white
Snaps into panel hole
1
.
0”x
1
.
125” (25.4×28.6mm) and fits panels .030” thru .250” thick (.76 – 6.35mm)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
LEFT SWITCH
ACTUATOR
RIGHT SWITCH
ACTUATOR
BEZEL
WIDTH
RATING
TERMINALS
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
BOXED
ACTION
PRINT
ACTION
PRINT
54204-01
–
–
10A at 12V DC
On1-Off-On2 Black
Rocker
Hi, Lo
On1-Off-On2
Black Rocker
Hi, Lo
6 Blade
Wide
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
82
Rocker Switches
Sealed Rocker Switches
M-58031 Series • 20A Rocker Switches
•
•
•
•
Certified to IP66 for protection against dust and prolonged spray
Recognized at UL 1500: Ignition Protection for Marine Products
Neoprene gasket/panel seal with black nylon bezel and black plastic housing
20A at 12V DC. Blade terminals, silver contacts
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
BOX
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
M-58031-01
M-58031-02
M-58031-04
M-58031-07
M-58031-08
M-58031-09
M-58031-01-BX
M-58031-01-BP
M-58031-02-BP
M-58031-04-BP
M-58031-07-BP
–
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
SPST
SPDT
DPST
SPST
SPDT
DPDT
On-Off
On-Off-On
2 Blade
3 Blade
4 Blade
2 Blade
3 Blade
6 Blade
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
–
–
On-Off
–
Mom On-Off
–
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
M-58031-09-BX
–
58326 Series • 20A Rocker Switches with Pilot Lights
Single or dual pilot lights. Faceted lenses inset into the actuator. Matte black plastic housing, bezel and actuator.
Silver contacts. Internal seal.
•
•
•
•
Certified to IP66 for protection against dust and prolonged spray
Neoprene gasket/panel seal with black nylon bezel and black plastic housing
20A at 12V DC. Blade terminals, silver contacts
Other imprints available upon request. Contact Littelfuse for details
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
8
58326-01
PART NUMBERS
58326-06
58326-11
IMPRINT
ACTUATOR
POLE &
THROW
LED PILOT
LIGHT
RATING
ACTION
ILLUMINATION
TERMINALS CONTACTS
SEALING
LENS
SYMBOL
BULK
–
BOX
58326-01-BX
–
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
SPST
SPDT
DPST
SPST
DPDT
DPDT
Off-On
On-Off-Mom On
Off-On-Mom On
On-Off
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
Red
None
None
4 Blade
5 Blade
6 Blade
4 Blade
8 Blade
8 Blade
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
Override – LVD Auto
Mode – System Off
58326-06
58326-11
58326-15
58326-27
58326-29
Red
Battery
Amber – Warning (On)
– Off
SAE lamp
symbol
58326-11-BX
–
White
White
White
White
On-Interior-Off
Lo/Hi-Pass Heater-Off
Lo/Hi-Fan-Off
Dome Light
Fan
58326-27-BX
58326-29-BX
On-On-On
On-On-On
Fan
83
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Rocker Switches & Accessories
10A Narrow Body Curved Rocker Switches
•
•
•
•
Curved matte finish narrow body rocker switches
Fits panels .025” through .200” (.64 to 5.2mm)
Universal application switches
Snap-in mounting
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
ACTUATOR
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
TERMINALS
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
COLOR
ILLUMINATION
54003
54003-BX
–
–
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPST
On-Off
On-On
On-On
Off-On
3 Blade
3 Blade
3 Blade
3 Blade
Red
–
54007
54010
54012
54007-BP
Black Face – Red Edges
–
54010-BX
54012-BX
–
–
Black
Red
–
Lit in ON Position
Rocker Switch Bezel and Mounting Accessories
Snap-in mounting of any regular size switch such as 5602
7
,
5
8030, 58332, 583
1
1
, 58312 or
58328 series.
•
Bezels can be arranged in a parallel array of any length. Bezels themselves can snap into a panel,
or be mounted with the bracket mounting kit.
•
Mounting hole in panel should be 2.02”W x
1
.
90”H (5
1
.
3 x 48.3mm) for two bezels.
Add
1
.
03”W (26.2mm) for each additional unit.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
8
82159-1
BULK
82159-2
82159-3
98628
82159-02-BP
87167-01-BP
Assembled Example
DIMENSIONS
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
DETAILS
NOTES
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
82159-1
82159-2
82159-3
98628
–
82159-1-BX
82159-2-BX
82159-3-BX
98628-BX
–
82159-1-BP
End Bezel
Can be used as left or right end
Can be ganged and used with end bezels
Fits Panel Openings: 1.90″ x 0.984″ (48.3 x 25.0mm)
Fits Panel Hole: .83″ x 1.45″ (21.1 x 36.8mm)
Bezel Retail Kit
Two units are 2.37”W x 2.30”H (60.2 x 58.4mm)
–
Center Bezel
Independent Bezel
Bezel Panel Plug
Two units are 2.37”W x 2.30”H (60.2 x 58.4mm)
–
–
–
Face Dimensions: 1.91″ x 0.96″ (24.4 x 48.8mm)
–
82159-02-BP
2 End Bezels, 1 Center Bezel, 1 Plug
2 Brackets, 1 Brass Stabilizing Rod
Assembled kit mounts on top of or under the panel.
Mounting holes .710”x.235” (18.0×6.7mm)
–
–
87167-01-BP
Bracket Mounting Retail Kit
(holds 2 to 6 bezels)
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
84
Rocker Switches
Standard Heavy Duty Rocker Switches
.12″ (3.1mm)
.23″ (5.8mm)
25A Standard Heavy-Duty Rocker Switches with and without Pilot Lights
•
•
•
Narrow or wide, moisture-resistant plastic, nickel plate or black housings, bezels and actuators
1.57″
1.75″
(39.9mm)
(44.5mm)
Narrow
Bezel
Wide
Bezel
Snap-in mounting to fit panels
.16″
Brass blade or screw terminals
(4.1mm)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
.26″
(6.6mm)
1.12″ (28.4mm)
.90″ (22.9mm)
Metal Body Part Numbers
56000-01
56300-01
57000-01
57000-04
57000-10
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
TERMINALS
WIDTH
COLOR
ACTUATOR
PILOT LIGHT
CONTACTS
BULK
BOXED
56000-01
56000-04
56300-01
57000-01
57000-04
57000-10
57003-01
57004-10
57006-01
57006-07
57007-11
57014-03
57300-01
57300-22
57300-11
57300-03
57300-02
–
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
On-Off
On-Off
2 Screw
2 Screw
3 Screw
2 Blade
2 Blade
2 Blade
3 Blade
3 Blade
6 Blade
6 Blade
3 Blade
4 Blade
3 Blade
3 Blade
4 Blade
3 Blade
3 Blade
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Wide
Nickel Plated
Nickel Plated
Nickel Plated
Nickel Plated
Black
White
Black
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
56000-04-BX
56300-01-BX
57000-01-BX
–
On-Off
White
White
Black
•
On-Off
On-Off
–
On-Off
Black
Black
57003-01-BX
57004-10-BX
–
On-Off-On
Mom-Off-Mom
On-Off-On
On-Off-On
On-On-Off
Mom-Off-Mom
On-Off
Nickel Plated
Black
White
White
White
White
Black
25A at 12V DC
Nickel Plated
Black
57006-07-BX
–
8
Black
57014-03-BX
57300-01-BX
57300-22-BX
57300-11-BX
57300-03-BX
–
Black
White
White
White
White
Black
Nickel Plated
Black
•
On-Off
On-Off-On
On-Off
Black
•
•
•
Nickel Plated
Nickel Plated
On-Off
White
Plastic Body Part Numbers
57000-08
57000-23
PART NUMBERS
POLE &
THROW
RATING
ACTION
TERMINALS
ACTUATOR
CONTACTS
BULK
BOXED
56000-08
–
25A at 12V DC
25A at 12V DC
25A at 12V DC
SPST
SPST
DPDT
On-Off
On-Off
2 Screw
2 Blade
6 Blade
White
White
White
Silver
Silver
Silver
57000-23
57013-08
57000-23-BX
57013-08-BX
Mom On-Off-Mom On
85
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
FAQ’s Rocker
&
T
o
ggle Switches
Can I replace the bulb in any of your Toggle or Rocker Switches?
The bulbs are wired inside the Switch and therefore cannot be replaced. We
use a long lasting bulb so the need for bulb replacement is unlikely in a normal
automotive application. We also have LED switches such as 58312 Series that
never need replacement. 58312 Series can be found on page 80.
5507
Can I use your Non-Lighted Toggle or Rocker Switches in 110V AC
applications?
Except for Switches M-493, 5507 and similar Switches, none of our Switches
are officially rated for AC voltage application. While we are confident some
of them can, it is entirely up to the end user to determine their suitability for
such application. M-493 and 5507 cane be found on page 90.
Can I use your Lighted Rocker and Toggle Switches at 110V AC?
No. The lamps inside the Switches have specific voltage ratings.
Can I use your Lighted Rocker and Toggle Switches at 24V DC?
54007
You need to select only the ones rated for 24V because the lights function
only at the designed voltage.
Can I use your Non-Lighted Toggle and Rocker switches at 24V DC?
8
Yes. If they are rated at 12V, you must reduce the current rating by half to
obtain the same durability.
58312-A2 & A4
Can I get any of your Toggle or Rocker Switches modified to meet my special
application?
Yes, in most cases. It is possible we make a suitable item already that isn’t
listed because of its specialized use. Alternatively, we can make it for you.
We have a minimum quantity requirement for special orders.
58312-R2 & R4
Do your Lighted Toggle or Rocker Switches have incandescent or LED lamps?
We have both. Contact us if you need a special order with LEDs.
Can I have my company’s imprinting placed on a rocker switch?
Yes. Contact us. If it’s a standard legend or SAE symbol, there’s a chance that
it’s already available.
M-58031-01
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
86
T
o
ggle Switches
Dependent or Independent Illumination?
Dependent:
The actuator is illuminated only when the switch is turned on.
Independent:
Illumination is not affected by the actuation of the switch. The illumination can be
switched on or off by another switch, such as headlight or interior lighting controls.
This is especially useful when locating switches in the dark.
What Does SPST or DPST Mean?
The first two letters, SP or D
P
,
r
efer to single pole or double pole. The second two
letters, ST or DT refer to single throw or double throw.
Pole refers to the number of circuits controlled by the switch. SP switches control
one circuit and DP switches control two independent circuits (which act like two
identical switches that are mechanically linked). Pole is often confused with terminal,
which is a common mistake.
T
e
rminals are used for wire connections on the back of
the unit and are specified separately.
Throw refers to the extreme position of the actuator. ST switches close a circuit at
only one position and the other position is off. DT switches close a circuit in the Up
position, as well as the down position and can be configured with two positions (On-
On) or three positions
(On-Off-On).
12V, 24V, 36V Ratings
Generally, our 12V non-illuminated toggle switches can be used at higher voltages
(and lower current ratings). By proportional calculation a 25A 12V can be used at 8.3A
at 36V or 12.5A at 24
V
.
T
his ‘de-rating’ actually gives a conservative result. 25A at 12V
toggles can actually be used at 15A at 24V and 10A at 36
V
.
Warning: Switches with pilot lights must be used only at the stated voltage, since the
lighting elements function at a specific voltage.
87
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
o
ggle Switches
55025 Series • 25A Sealed Toggle
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Waterproof and dustproof to IP68 standard – allows mounting in demanding or harsh locations
Bushing, handle and hardware – nickel-plated brass
Standard handle, 0.60” long (15.3mm)
Standard mounting panel hole 0.468 – 0.4
7
4
” diameter (
1
1
.
9-12.0mm)
Standard bushing diameter 0.47 (12.0mm) 15/32” thread, 0.32” long (5.8mm)
Wires: 14AWG (2mm²), 12” long (304.8mm)
Switch body:
1
.
24” deep x 0.87” wide x
1
.
46” high (3
1
.
6 x 22.0 x 3
7
.
1mm)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/55025
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTUATOR
ACTION
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
55025
55025-BX
55025-BP
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
On-Off
Mom On-Off
On-Off-On
2 wire
2 wire
3 wire
3 wire
3 wire
IP68
IP68
IP68
IP68
IP68
55025-01
55025-02
55025-03
55025-04
55025-01-BX
55025-02-BX
55025-03-BX
55025-04-BX
55025-01-BP
55025-02-BP
55025-03-BP
55025-04-BP
25A at 12V DC
15A at 24V DC
Nickel-plated brass
handle
Silver
On-On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
54100 Series • 25A Standard or Illuminated Toggle Switches
Available in a standard black nylon handle or a lighted clear plastic handle, that is
1
1
/16” (1
7
.
5mm) long.
•
•
•
Mounting stem 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (
1
1
.
9mm) long, fits panels up to 1/8” (3
1
.
8mm) thick
Includes mounting hardware: black metal facenut and nickel-plated hexnut
T
e
rminals: .250” blade or 6-32 screw
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/54100
Standard Switch
1
2
4
6
1
2
4
6
L1
B
1
2
4
6
1
2
4
L1
B
+
+
B
+
+
B
9
3
L1
3
L2
3
L1
3
6
L2
J
J
54109 independent wiring
54109 dependent wiring
54110 independent wiring
54110 dependent wiring
Illuminated Switch
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
ILLUMINATION COLOR
DOWN CENTER
UP
POLE &
THROW
ACTUATOR
ACTION
ILLUMINATION
SEALING
RETAIL
BULK
CLAMSHELL
54100-BP
54100-01-BP
–
54100
54100-01
54101-01
54109
54100-BX
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Black Plastic Paddle
Black Plastic Paddle
Black Plastic Paddle
Clear Plastic Paddle
Black Plastic Paddle
Black Plastic Paddle
On-Off
On-Off
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2 screw
2 blade
2 blade
4 screw
4 blade
3 screw
3 screw
4 screw
6 screw
–
O-ring in
bushing
–
–
–
–
Mom On-Off
On-Off
–
–
Independent or
Dependent
Independent or
Dependent
O-ring in
bushing
O-ring in
bushing
54109-BX
54109-BP
–
White
White
–
Red
Red
–
54109-01
54103
54109-01-BX
On-Off
–
54103-BP
54104-BP
–
On-Off-On
–
–
–
–
54104
54104-BX
Black Plastic Paddle
Mom On-Off-Mom On
–
–
Independent or
Dependent
O-ring in
bushing
54110
–
–
Clear Plastic Paddle
Black Plastic Paddle
On-Off-On
On-Off-On
White White
Red
–
54107-01
54107-01-BP
–
–
–
–
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
88
Toggle Switches
T
o
ggle Switches
25A Heavy Duty Toggle Switches
Standard or long handle. Universal application. Mounting stem is nickel-plated brass 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (
1
1
.
9mm) long, and fits
panels up to 9/32” (
7
.
1mm) except where stated otherwise. Phenolic housing, with plated steel cap.
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/
T
o
ggleSwitches
Standard handle, 11/16″ (17.5mm) long.
PART NUMBERS
Long handle, 1 1/2″ (38.1mm) long.
PVC coated housing with wire leads.
POLE &
THROW
ACTUATOR
LENGTH
RATING
MATERIAL
ACTION
TERMINALS CONTACTS PVC
COATED O-RING
SEAL
BULK
5520
BOXED
5520-BX
5582-BX
–
RETAIL
5520-BP
5582-BP
5582-30-BP
–
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPST
DPST
DPST
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
SPST
SPDT
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Long
On-Off
On-Off
2 screw
2 screw
2 wire
•
5582
–
On-Off
5582-36
5582-10
55014
–
On-Off
Aptiv 12010973
2 wire
5582-10-BX
55014-BX
55014-05-BX
–
–
On-Off
•
•
55014-BP
–
On-Off
2 blade
2 blade
3 blade
2 screw
2 blade
2 screw
2 blade
2 wire
55014-05
55016-06
55023
On-Off
55016-06-BP
–
On-Of-On
55023-BX
55055-BX
55020-BX
–
On-Off
55055
55055-BP
55020-BP
55020-20-BP
On-Off
55020
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Long
Off-Mom On
Off-Mom On
Off-Mom On
On-On
55020-02
55020-04
5584
55020-04-BX 55020-04-BP
•
•
5584-BX
–
–
3 screw
3 wire
5584-15
5586
–
On-On
5586-BX
55015-BX
55016-BX
55036-BX
55021-BX
5586-BP
On-Off-On
3 screw
3 blade
3 blade
3 wire
55015
–
On-On
55016
–
–
On-Off-On
55036
On-Off-On
•
•
•
•
55021
55021-BP
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
On-Off-Mom On
On-Off
3 screw
3 blade
3 wire
Nickel-Plated
Brass
Silver
9
55021-04
55021-07
55033-01
55033-02
55088
55021-04-BX 55021-04-BP
55021-07-BX 55021-07-BP
55033-01-BX
55033-02-BX
55088-BX
–
3 blade
3 blade
3 screw
4 screw
4 blade
4 blade
6 screw
6 screw
6 blade
6 blade
6 screw
6 screw
6 blade
6 blade
4 blade
4 blade
2 blade
9 blade
–
55088-BP
Standard
Standard
Standard
Long
5588
5588-BX
5588-BP
55017
55017-BX
–
On-Off
55017-02
5590
55017-02-BX
5590-BX
–
On-Off
–
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Long
On-On
5592
5592-BX
5592-BP
On-Off-On
55018
55018-BX
–
On-On
55019
55019-BX
55019-BP
On-Off-On
55054
55054-BX
55054-BP
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
On-Mon-Off
On-0n
55054-04
55065-02
55065-03
55046
55054-04-BX
55065-02-BX
55065-03-BX
55046-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Long
Standard
Standard
Long
55046-04
55049-01
–
55046-04-BX
55049-01-BX
55107-01-BX
Long
Standard
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
89
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
o
ggle Switches
10A Light Duty Toggle Switches
• Standard
handle:
1
1
/16” (1
7
.
46mm) long • Ball handle: 3/8” (9.52mm) long
• Mounting
stem has 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (
1
1
.
9mm) long, and fits panels up to 9/32” (
7
.
2mm) thick
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/
T
o
ggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
MATERIAL
Nickel-Plated Brass
POLE &
THROW
RATING
ACTION
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
BULK
5507
BOXED
RETAIL
TYPE
5507 – Ball Handle
5507-BX
–
10A at 12V DC
SPST
Ball
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
2 screw
2 screw
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
5558
5558-BX
5558-BP 10A
at 12V DC
SPST
Standard
Nickel-Plated Brass
Ball
Nickel-Plated Brass
5568
5568-BX
–
–
–
10A at 12V DC
SPST
10A at 12V DC
SPST
10A at 12V DC
SPST
2x 6” wire leads
2x 6” wire leads
2 blade
5570
5570-BX
Standard
Nickel-Plated Brass
Standard
Nickel-Plated Brass
Standard
Chrome-Plated Brass
55013
M-484
M-493
M-584
55013-BX
M-484-BX M-484-BP
10A at 12V DC
SPST
M-493-BP 10A
at 12V DC
SPST
M-584-BX M-584-BP
10A at 12V DC
SPST
2 screw
–
Ball
Chrome-Plated Brass
2 screw
Standard
Chrome-Plated Brass
2x 6” wire leads
5558 – Standard Handle
551800 Series • 30A Extra Heavy Duty Toggle Switches
Universal application. Diecast housing. For stem- or bracket-mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem,
with keyway.
• Brackets:
.170” (4.3mm) diameter holes,
1
.
72” (43.7mm) on centers
• Fits
panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
• Chrome
plated brass handle, 1 1/16” long (2
7
.
0mm)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/
T
o
ggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
BULK
–
BOXED
551001-BX
551800-BX
–
RETAIL
–
–
–
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPST
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SP3C
Mom On-Off
On-Off
2 blade
2 screw
3 screw
2 screw
2 screw
3 screw
3 screw
6 screw
4 screw
–
20A at 6-12V DC
551802
551840
551841
551842
551844
–
On-Off-On
551840-BX 551840-BP
On-Off
Chrome-plated
brass handle
551841-BX
551842-BX
551844-BX
551846-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
Mom On-Off
On-Off-On
Silver
9
30A at 6-12V DC
15A at 24-36V DC
Mom On-Off-Mom On
On-Off-On
551849
On-On-Off
+
M-54111 Series • 25A Lighted Tip Toggles
Tip of handle is illuminated Red in the On position,
illuminated Clear in the Off position.
L1
L2
1
2
3
4
6
B
4
+
B
2
3
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/
T
o
ggleSwitches
L
6
M-54111-01 wired for dependent
M-54111-02 wired for dependent
ILLUMINATION
COLOR
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POLE &
THROW
RATING
ACTION
ACTUATOR
ILLUMINATION
TERMINALS CONTACTS
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
ON
Red
Red
OFF
Black plastic handle
Independent or
w/ illuminated tip
Dependent
M-54111-01 M-54111-01-BX
M-54111-01-BP 25A
at 12V DC
M-54111-02 M-54111-02-BX
M-54111-02-BP 25A
at 12V DC
SPST
On-Off
White
White
4 blade
5 blade
Silver
Silver
Black plastic handle
Independent or
w/ illuminated tip
SPDT On-Off-On
Dependent
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
90
Toggle Switches
T
o
ggle Switches
59024 Series • 25A Long Handle “Duck Bill” Toggle Switches
• 15/32”-32
thread mounting stem
• Fits
panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
• Includes
mounting hardware: black knurled facenut, hexnut
• Keyway
is in the down position. 1” (25.4mm) handle, black plastic, matte finish
•
T
e
rminals:
.250” blade or 8-32 screw
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/
T
o
ggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
59024-100 59024-100-BX
59024-104
59024-106 59024-106-BX
59024-108-BX
59024-110 59024-110-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPST
DPDT
DPDT
SPST
DPDT
On-Off
On-On
2 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
4 blade
6 blade
6 blade
2 screw
6 screw
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
On-Off-On
Mom On-Off-Mom On
On-Off
–
Black Plastic
Duck Bill Paddle
25A at 12V DC
Silver
59024-116
59024-118
–
–
On-On
On-Off-On
On-Off
59024-200 59024-200-BX
59024-218
–
On-Off-On
59024-00 Series • Freightliner Replacement “Duck Bill” Toggle Switches
Black phenolic switch housing with metal cap.
T
e
rminals are arranged to match OEM wiring connectors with
or without brackets.
• Fits
panels to .093” (2.4mm) with spacer provided, or to .25” (6.4mm) without spacer
• 15/32”-32
thread mounting stem
• Includes
mounting hardware: black metal facenut. Keyway is in the down position
• Black
plastic 1” (25.4mm) handle, matte finish
9
• Dual
contacts for extra durability
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/
T
o
ggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POLE &
THROW
DUAL
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
BRACKET
RATING
ACTION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
59024-33
59024-35
59024-36
59024-38
59024-12
59024-14
59024-15
59024-33-BX
59024-35-BX
59024-36-BX
59024-38-BX
59024-12-BX
59024-14-BX
59024-15-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SPST
DPST
DPDT
DPDT
SPST
DPST
DPDT
On-Off
On-Off
2 blade
4 blade
6 blade
6 blade
2 blade
4 blade
6 blade
•
•
•
•
•
On-Off-On
Mom On-On-Mom On
On-Off
Black Plastic
Duck Bill Paddle
25A at 12V DC
Silver
•
On-Off
On-Off-On
91
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
o
ggle Switches & Accessories
Specialized Application Toggle Switches
• Specialized
toggle switches have specific functions and applications. See the
“
A
PPLICATION NOTES” column below for details
• 15/32”-32
thread mounting stem, .46” (
1
1
.
9mm) long, mounts in panels up to 9/32”
(
7
.
1mm) thick
• Nickel-plated
brass handle: standard .687” (1
7
.
5mm) or long
1
.
5” (38.1mm)
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/
T
o
ggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
ACTION
CENTER
ACTUATOR
POLE &
THROW
RATING
TERMINALS CONTACTS
APPLICATION NOTES
HANDLE
LENGTH
BULK
55064
55071
BOXED/BP
UP
DOWN
MATERIAL
DPDT
4-circuit
Park, Tail &
Headlamps
Park, Tail & Auxil-
iary Lamps
Nickel-Plated
Brass
55064-BX 25A
at 12V DC
Off
On 1&2
–
Long
6 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 blade
3 Leads
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
4-Circuit Headlamp Switch
DP
Mom On B, 1&2
Mom Off
(Night Signaling)
Nickel-Plated
Brass
2-Circuit Marker Lamp
Switch
–
25A at 12V DC
Standard
Standard
2-circuit (Day
Signaling)
Nickel-Plated
Brass
3-way Lighting Switch
See Diagrams Below
55015-03 55015-03-BX
25A at 12V DC
SPDT
On
On
Off
59071
55093
M-597
59071-BX 25A
at 12V DC
55093-BX
DP
Mom On 1. 4&5
On 4&5
Standard White
Plastic
Ignition/Start
Nickel-Plated
Two Speed Heater Fan
Toggle Switch
SPDT
SPST
On
On
On
–
Off
Standard
Brass
Nickel-Plated
M-597-BP
Mom On
Standard
Brass
Marine Safety Switch
3-WAY LIGHTING
1
4-WAY LIGHTING
3- and 4-way Lighting
3-waylighting permits a light (or a set of lights) to
be controlled from two switches usually mounted
in different locations. Similarly, 4-way lighting
enables control from three switch locations.
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
6
2
5
1
4
+
+
B
B
2
2
3
3
Use two SPDT On-On switches
such as 55015-03 or 55015
55015
SPDT
55018-01
DPDT
55015
SPDT
Toggle Accessories
reversing polarity
9
82468 (Open)
82468 (Closed)
5543
5543-15
81255
81264
81264-01
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
DESCRIPTION
BULK
82468
RETAIL
82468-BX
5543-BX
–
Flip Cover Switch Guard
5543
–
5558 switch mounted in 5543-15 Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard
Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard
5543-15
81255
5543-15-BX
81255-BX
81264-BX
–
81255-BP
81264-BP
Half-Boot Seal
81264
Grey Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
Black Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
Red Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
55015-12 switch mounted Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard
Blue Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
Yellow Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
Toggle Switch “ON – OFF” Face Plate Cover
81264-01
81264-05
5543-09
81264-02
81264-07
8250
81264-01-BX 81264-01-BP
81264-05-BX
–
–
–
81264-02-BX
81264-07-BX
8250-BX
–
–
–
–
M-598
M-598-BP
Toggle Marine Emergency Lanyard
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
92
Toggle Switches
Switch Diagrams
Switch Reference Guide – SPST, SPDT, DPST, DPDT
SP and DP refer to single pole and double pole, ST and DT refer to single throw and Double throw.
SP:
Single Pole, one circuit controlled by the switch.
DP:
Double Pole, two independent circuits controlled by the switch which are mechanically linked.
Note: “Pole” should not be confused with “Terminal”.
The DPST switch, for example has four terminals however it is a Double Pole
(DP) and not a four pole (4P) switch.
ST:
Single Throw, closes a circuit at only one position and with one throw.
DT:
Double Throw, closes a circuit in the up or down position (On-On). A Double Throw switch can also have a center position such as
On-Off-On.
The following switch diagrams illustrate the most common types of toggle and rocker switch.
SPST On-Off
DPST On-Off
Both load terminals can be energized at the same time. They are independent
of each other and could be of different voltages.
SPDT On-On
Only one of the loads can be energized at a time.
DPDT On-On
Functions like two separate SPDT switches operated by the same actuator.
Only two loads can be On at a time.
9
SPDT On-Off-On
Only one of the loads can be energized at a time.
DPDT On-Off-On
Functions like two separate SPDT switches operated by the same actuator.
Only two loads can be On at a time.
93
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Switch Diagrams
Single-Pole (SP) & Double-Pole (DP) Switch Wiring Diagrams
Diagrams represent both momentary contact or maintained contact switches.
Switches without Pilot Lights
SPST Off-ON (2 terminals)
Diagram A
SPDT On-Off-On (3 terminals)
Diagram B
DPST Off-On (4 terminals)
Diagram C
DPDT On-On (6 terminals)
Diagram D
DPDT On-Off-On (6 terminals)
Diagram E
+
L1
B
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
B
L
L1
B
L3
B
L1
B
L3
B
+
+
B
+
+
+
+
+
2
3
5
6
B
L2
L2
L4
L1
L2
L4
L2
3
Diagram A1
–
–
Diagram C1
–
–
–
–
+
+
B
4
1
3
4
6
B
+
2
3
B
L
L
L
Switches with One Pilot Light
SPST Off-On – Independent converted to Dependent (4 terminals)
Connect jumper wire from T3 to T6 and connect T4 to ground
SPST Off-ON – Dependent Illumination (Three terminals)
Diagram F
SPST Off-On – Independent Illumination (Four terminals)
Diagram G1
Diagram G2
9
4
4
4
+
+
2
3
B
2
B
+
2
3
B
3
6
L
L
6
L
Jumper
Switches with Two Pilot Lights
SPST Off-On with Dependent & Independent Lights
(Four terminals)
SPDT On-Off-On or On-On with Dependent &
Independent Lights (Four terminals)
SPDT On-Off-On or On-On with 2 Independent Lights
(Four terminals)
Diagram H
Diagram J
Diagram K
1
4
L1
L1
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
+
+
+
2
3
B
2
3
B
L2
L2
6
L
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
94
Momentary
Switches
Momentary switches operate by pushing a button either by thumb or by the
closing of a door and will remain in their switched state as long as they are being
actuated. Momentary Switches are either “normally Off, spring return to Off” or
“normally On, spring return to On
”
.
What Does Momentary Mean?
A momentary switch, also known as a “mom
”
, is spring-loaded. When pressed the
actuator moves, remove your finger and it returns to its original position. Opposite of
a momentary switch is a maintained contact switch. When the actuator is pressed it
stays in the position until it is pressed in the other direction.
More Momentary Switches in Other Sections
Find more momentary switches (moms) in the following catalog sections.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ignition Switches
Rocker Switches
T
o
ggle Switches
Push-Pull Switches
Rotary Switches
Foot Operated Switches
95
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Momentary Push-Button Switches
35A • Heavy Duty Cylindrical Housing Push-Button Switches
For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
9095
PART NUMBERS
9245
90036-02
9155
9231
90030
ACTUATOR
POLE &
THROW
MOUNTING
STEM
RATING
NOTES
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
BOXED
DETAIL
CAP
5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
9095
9245
–
9095-BX
9245-BX
–
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
–
2 Screw
–
5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
9245-BP
Normally Off
Black Plastic Button
Snap-On Black Rubber
2 Screw
2 Blade
2 Screw
O-ring Seal
5/8”-32 thread
Fits Delphi (Packard) 2-way
21/32” long
Connector 2973407
90036-02-BX
9231-BX
–
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
–
–
Recessed Chrome
Normally Off
5/8”-32 thread
Protected Button with
21/32” long
9231
90030
–
Plated Button
Recessed Design
5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
90030-BX
90030-BP
Normally Off
Normally Off
Normally Off
Black Plastic Button
Screw-On Black Rubber
2 Screw
–
Screw-On Brown
5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
90030-01 90030-01-BX
90030-04 90030-04-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Black Plastic Button
Black Plastic Button
2 Screw
2 Screw
–
Oil-Resistant Rubber
Screw-On Red Rubber
5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
–
2 Terminal
Wire
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
90030-12
90030-24
90030-33
90030-43
90030-53
90036-10
9216-03
9100
–
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Black Cap
Black Cap
–
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
–
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Blade
–
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
–
Black “Push” Cap
Black Cap
–
–
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
SPST
Silver
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
–
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
10
–
Black Cap
Assembled
Horn Imprinted
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
–
Black Cap
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
Gold Dichromate
Dipped Case
9216-03-BX
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Screw-On Black Rubber
2 Screw
15/32”-32
thread 9/16”
long
9100-BX
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Plunger
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
–
Black Cap
–
2 Screw
–
Aptiv
12010973
(Sealed)
5/8″-32 thread
Sealed Gold Dichromate
5/8″ long
Dipped Case
9216-10
9216
–
5/8″-32 thread
Sealed Gold Dichromate
5/8″ long
9216-BX
2 Screw
Dipped Case
5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
simultaneously energized
Two circuits
9276-09
9238-07
90018
9276-09-BX
Normally Off
Black Plastic Button
Screw-On Black Rubber
2 Screw
5/8″-32 thread
7
/
8″ long
–
–
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
Normally Off
Chrome Plated Button
–
–
2 Blade
2 Screw
–
5/8″-32 thread
5/8″ long
–
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
96
Momentary Switches
Momentary Push-Button Switches
10A • Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches
For applications up to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
9044
9023
9115
9211
9109
9212
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
RATING
TERMINALS
MOUNTING STEM
NOTES
BULK
–
BOXED
9044-BX
9023-BX
9238-BX
9115-BX
9211-BX
9109-BX
9212-BX
9165-BX
91126-BX
92116-BX
90002-BX
DETAIL
CAP
10A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
Off
SPST Off-On
Off
SPST Off-On
Off
Chrome Plated Button
Chrome Plated Button
Chrome Plated Button
Chrome Plated Button
–
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Blade
5/8”-32 thread 1.06” long
5/8”-32 thread .87” long
5/8”-32 thread .87” long
5/8”-32 thread 7/8” long
7/16”-20 thread
Gasket Seal
15A Resistive, 10A Inductive at 12V DC
8A Resistive, 5A Inductive at 24V DC
9023
9238
9115
9211
9109
9212
9165
91126
92116
90002
–
–
–
–
15A Resistive, 10A Inductive at 12V DC
8A Resistive, 5A Inductive at 24V DC
–
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
10A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off
DPST On-Off
On
–
2 Screw
4 Blade
Commonly used in school bus
stepwell and door control
On White
Plastic .33″Ø Button
Shaft has 3/32″ hole for
–
Pull On,
Spring Return to Off
SPST Off-On
Off
–
2 Screw
2 Blade
3 Screw
2 Wire
2 Blade
2 Screw
ꢀ”-20 thread 5/8” long
7/16”-20 thread ꢀ” long
5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long
7/16”-20 thread 7/16” long
5/8”-32 thread 1” long
5/8″-32 thread 1.25″ long
cable or lever attachment
SPST On-Off
On
ꢀ” Plunger
Nylon Cap
Brass Contacts
2 steel hexnuts and facenut
on stem
DPST Off-On
Off
Off-Mom
Chrome Plated Button
Chrome Plated Plunger
Chrome Plated Plunger
Chrome Plated Button
–
SPST
Off
–
Black Cap
–
–
On
SPST Off-On
Off
On-Mom
Hencol Sealed
–
SPST
On
Off
Cir. A Normally On, Cir. A Off/
Cir. B On when depressed
(spring return to A On).
20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC
–
DPST On-On
On
Chrome Plated Button
Black Cap
5/8″-32 thread ꢁ” long
91109-03
4 Wire
20A • Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches for
Mechanical Activation
10A at 24V DC, 20A at 12V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
• Steel
button protrudes through the cap. Black rubber cap snaps into a special groove
on the nut, which is deep-threaded and gives a positive seal
• Steel
button feature is ideal for mechanical actuation
10
90043
90043-07
NOTES
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
ACTUATOR
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
MOUNTING GASKET
RATING
ACTION
TERMINALS
RETAIL
STEM
SEAL
BULK
DETAIL
CAP
CLAMSHELL
Fits Delphi (Packard)
2-Pole Connector
2977647
20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC
Steel
Snap-On
5/8”-32 thread
.625” long
90043
90043-BX
–
SPST
Off-On
Off
2 Blade
•
Plunger Black
Rubber
20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC
Steel
Snap-On
2x 7” wire
5/8”-32 thread
90043-07 90043-07-BX
90043-31 90043-31-BX
–
–
SPST
SPST
Off-On
Off-On
Off
Off
•
•
PVC-Coated
Plunger Black
Rubber
leads
.625” long
20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC
Steel Snap-On
Plunger Black
Rubber
5/8”-32 thread
.625” long
2 Wire
Hencol Sealed Body
Horn Push Buttons
Surface and clamp mount push-button horn switches. Clamp mount allows attachment on a steering
column up to 1-1/2″ (38.1mm) diameter.
PART NUMBERS
RATING
TYPE
SIZE
DETAIL
TERMINALS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
96101
96101
96101-BX
–
5A at 12V DC
Surface Mount
13/16″Ø
Black Plastic
2 Screw
97
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Momentary Push-Button Switches
35-10A • Heavy Duty Marine-Grade Push-Button Switches
For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off
Designed for universal applications within harsh environments. Their mounting, body,
and actuator features are designed for ease-of-use and extended product lifecycle.
With heavy duty brass bodies, the Marine Push Pull Switches are designed for circuit
control within the Marine environment.
M-626
M-485
PART NUMBERS
RATING
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
MOUNTING STEM
FITS PANELS
NOTES
RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
BULK
BOXED
M-490
M-612
M-490-BX
M-612-BX
M-490-BP
M-612-BP
SPST Off-On
Off
SPST Off-On
Off
Chrome Plated Button
Chrome Plated Button
5/8″-32 thread 1-3/8″ long
1″ (25.4mm) thick
–
2 screw
2 screw
5/8″-32 thread 1-3/8″ long
1″ (25.4mm) thick
With Protected Bezel
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
10A at 36V DC
Same as M-490, but
5/8″-32 thread 1-3/8″ long
1″ (25.4mm) thick
with snap-on cap
M-626
M-626-BX
M-626-BP
SPST Off-On
Off
SPST Off-On
Off
Black Rubber Cap (407-03)
2 screw
2 screw
Black Rubber Cap
(83280-03)
M-626-02 M-626-02-BX
M-626-02-BP
5/8″-32 thread 1-3/8″ long
1″ (25.4mm) thick
–
M-485
M-492
M-524
M-485-BX
M-492-BX
–
M-485-BP
SPST Off-On
Off
SPST Off-On
Off
SPST Off-On
Off
SPST Off-On
On
Chrome Plated Button
Chrome Plated Button
Black Rubber Cap (407-03)
Chrome Plated Button
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Screw
5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long
ꢁ” (19.1mm) thick
5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long
1″ (25.4mm) thick
5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long
ꢁ” (19.1mm) thick
5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long
ꢁ” (19.1mm) thick
Gasket Seal
M-492-BP
–
10A at 12V DC
–
–
Gasket Seal
–
M-914-01 M-914-01-BX
Engine Start / Engine Stop Buttons
• Diecast
housing, with knurled aluminum facenut
•
T
w
o
screw terminals with lockwashers
• Mounting
stem
7
.
8”-24 thread, keyed to prevent turning, fits panels .04” – .10” thick (
1
.
0 – 2.5mm)
• Impact-resistant
molded plastic button with white imprint, repels oil, water and other liquids
• 2
7/32”L x 1 1/8”D (50.8 x 28.6 x 3.18mm)
90047
PART NUMBERS
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
ACTION
DETAIL
SEALING
BULK
BOXED
90047
90047-BX
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Black Plastic Button
Black Plastic Button
Red Plastic Button
Red Plastic Button
Start
Start
Stop
Stop
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Screw
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
7/8”-24 thread
7/8”-24 thread
7/8”-24 thread
7/8”-24 thread
–
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
90047-01 90047-01-BX
90048 90048-BX
Built-In Seal Around Lip
–
90048-01 90048-01-BX
Built-In Seal Around Lip
10A • PVC-Coated Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches
For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
• Corrosion-resistant
brass case
• PVC-Coated
body sealed against moisture and dirt, with black rubber snap-on cap (407-03)
• Fits
panels up to 1/2” (12.7mm) thick
10
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
ACTION
TERMINALS
MOUNTING STEM
PVC-COATED
RETAIL
BULK
BOXED
DETAIL
CAP
CLAMSHELL
M-608
M-608-BX
M-608-BP
10A at 12V DC
SPST
Off-On
Off
Brass Button
Rubber
2 wire leads
5/8”-32 thread 15/16” long
•
5A • Compact Design Buttons
• Moisture-resistant
molded plastic case
• Snaps
into .80 – .85” (20.3 – 2
1
.
6mm) diameter hole. Fits panels .03 – .07” thick (.76 –
1
.
8mm)
• Normally
off black, white or red button compact switch
PART NUMBERS
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
ACTION
DETAIL
TERMINALS
BULK
9075
BOXED
9075-BX
–
RETAIL
–
On-Mom Off
Off-Mom On
Off-Mom On
On
Off
Off
Black Plastic 9/16″ long
Red Button
2 Female Bullet
2 Blade
9187-02
9187
9187-02-BP 5A
at 12V DC
9187-BP
SPST
9075
9187-BX
Black Button
2 Blade
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
98
Momentary Switches
Momentary Push-Button Switches
Threaded and Push Button Caps
• Threaded
rubber cap is permanently fastened to the integral mounting nut by a rolled brass bezel
• Snap-on
rubber caps feature ribs on the inside of the rubber cap engage with the switch facenut
83280
83280-02
407-01
83280-03
PART NUMBERS
TYPE
COLOR
IMPRINT
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
83280
83280-BX
83280-02-BX
83280-03-BX
–
Screw-On – 5/8″-32 threads
Screw-On – 5/8″-32 threads
Screw-On – 5/8″-32 threads
Grey
Red
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
–
–
–
83280-02
83280-03
–
83280-03-BP
Black
Molded from Hydrin which is more
resistant to fuel and oils
83280-05
83280-05-BX
–
Screw-On – 5/8″-32 threads
Brown
PUSH
407-01
407-02
407-03
–
–
–
–
Snap-On
Snap-On
Snap-On
Grey
Red
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
Snaps on to 83261 face nut
Snaps on to 83261 face nut
Snaps on to 83261 face nut
407-03
407-03-BX
407-03-BP
Black
Momentary Door Switches
10A • Specialized Door Momentary Switches
• Designed
for 8 light warning systems in school buses.
• 918
1
1
:
T
w
o circuits, progressive plunger travel alternates the circuits.
• 91800:
Pull out feature permits circuit to be shut
Mom Off
On
off manually when the door must remain open
but flashing lights operation is not required.
Off
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Doo
r
–
Switches
91811
PART NUMBERS
91800
ACTUATOR
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
POSITIONS
ACTION
TERMINALS CASE
CONTACTS
Silver
MOUNTING
BULK
BOXED
DETAIL LENGTH
Mom Off-On-
Pull Off
7/32” On
Button
Plated
2 Screw
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
91800
91800-BX
10A at 12V DC
SPST
3
2
On
On
3/4” Off
Steel
Plated
8 Blade
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
91050
91050-BX
–
TPTT
On-Mom Off
Button
3/10″
Silver
Steel
10
5A • Door Momentary Switches with Faceplate
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Doo
r
–
Switches
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
MOUNTING
BULK
BOXED
Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
9001
9050-01
9270
–
9001-BX
9050-01-BX
9270-BX
9087-BX
9002-BX
9269-BX
2 Screw
1 Screw
2 Blade
2 Screw
2 Screw
2 Blade
9001 / 9002
9087
Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
Four 3/16ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” and 2-1/16” on Center
Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
–
9270 / 9269
Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-1/2” on Center
9269
99
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Momentary Switches
Momentary Door Switches
10-5A • SPST • Door Momentary Switches
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Doo
r
–
Switches
9264
9003
MOUNTING
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
POSITIONS
ACTION
TERMINALS
CASE CONTACTS
BULK
BOXED
DETAIL LENGTH
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16”long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
9055
9055-BX
10A at 12V DC
Shaft
1/2″
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16”long
9264
9264-04
9264-02
9003
9264-BX
–
10A at 12V DC
–
Button
Button
Button
1/2″
7/16″
1/2”
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
On
2 Screw
2 Blade
–
Plated
Silver
Steel
SPST
2
7/16”-20 thread, 7/8”long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
9264-02-BX 10A
at 12V DC
9003-BX
–
5A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
Rounded 3/32″
1/2”-20 thread 1/14” long
7/16”-20 thread, 7/8”long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
9055-08
Off
Shaft
1/2″
10A • DPST • Door Momentary Switches
• Energizes
two circuit simultaneously.
• Popular
for use in school bus stepwell and door control.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Doo
r
–
Switches
9118/9180
91801
PART NUMBERS
POLE &
ACTUATOR
MOUNTING
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
POSITIONS
ACTION
TERMINALS
CASE
CONTACTS
THROW
BULK
BOXED
DETAIL LENGTH
9118
9118-BX
10A at 12V DC
DPST
10A at 12V DC
DPST
10A at 12V DC
DPST
2
2
2
2
On-Mom Off
On-Mom Off
Off-Mom On
On-Mom Off
On
On
Off
On
Button
Button
Button
Button
19/64”
19/64”
15/32”
19/64”
4 Screw
4 Blade
4 Screw
4 Screw
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
91801
9180
91801-BX
9180-BX
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
Plated
Steel
Silver
7/8”-20 thread, 7/8” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
9118-04
9118-04-BX 10A
at 12V DC
DPST
5A • Normally Grounded Single Circuit Door Momentary Switches
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Doo
r
–
Switches
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
MOUNTING
10
BULK
91812
BOXED
DETAIL LENGTH
91812-BX
–
Rounded 33/64”
1 Blade
91812
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
Chrome Plated
Plunger
1 Blade
1Wire
91812-02
5A • Sealed Door Momentary Switches with Faceplate
• Sealed
Plunger and wire leads.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Doo
r
–
Switches
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
MOUNTING
BULK
BOXED
2 PVC
Coated 8”
Wire Leads
Two .144ӯ Mounting
Holes 1-1/2” on Center
9270-01
9270-01-BX 5A
at 12V DC
9270-01
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
100
Push-Pull, Rotary
& Foot Switches
.
What is the Difference Between Push-Pull,
Rotary & Foot Switches?
Push-Pull switches operate by pushing or pulling the actuator depending on
the configuration of the switch
.
Rotary switches are activated by a manual rotation of the actuator into two or
three positions.
Foot switches are mounted on or through the floorboard for hands free operation
of the application
What is Dynamic Parking in Wiper Switches?
Windshield wiper switch engineers call the feature ‘dynamic parking’ when the
windshield wiper switch actively returns the wiper to home position, rather than
waiting until the cycle reaches home.
101
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Push-Pull Switches
One and Two Circuit Push-Pull Switches
5007
5011
50001
50046
5050
5066
50082
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING STEM
NORMAL
POSITION
TERMINALS
VOLTAGE
RATING
TYPE
ACTUATOR KNOB
CONTACTS HOUSING
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
Tan Plastic
Plated
Copper
3/8”-32 thread
Aluminum
5007
5011
5007-BX
5011-BX
10A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
10A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
10A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
10A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
20A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
20A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
10A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off
10A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off
20A at 12V DC
DPST On-Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
Off
–
2 screw
2 screw
2 blade
2 screw
2 screw
2 screw
2 screw
2 screw
–
–
–
–
–
(10-32 metal thread)
Steel
5/8” long
Plated
Copper
ꢀ”-20 thread
5/8” long
Chrome
Chrome
Steel
Steel
Steel
Plated
Silver
ꢀ”-20 thread
5/8” long
50070 50070-BX
50001 50001-BX
50002 50002-BX
50066 50066-BX
50046 50046-BX
Steel
Black Plastic
(10-32 metal thread)
Plated
Silver
ꢀ”-20 thread
5/8” long
Brass
Steel
Integral
Chrome Brass
Plated
Silver
ꢀ”-20 thread
5/8” long
Brass
Steel
Black Plastic
(10-32 metal thread)
Plated
Silver
ꢀ”-20 thread
5/8” long
O-Ring stem seal & Gasket
Sealed Terminal Insulator
Brass
Steel
6-36V DC
Black Plastic
(10-32 metal thread)
Plated
Copper
3/8”-32 thread
5/8” long
Aluminum
Aluminum
Steel
–
–
Steel
Plated
Copper
3/8”-32 thread
5/8” long
50046-09
5050
–
–
Plunger
Steel
Black Plastic “Lights”
2 screw
(10-32 metal thread)
& 1 stud
Plated
Silver
ꢀ”-20 thread
5/8” long
Includes 30A
Circuit Breaker
Steel
Integral
3 blade
Chrome
Plated
Copper
ꢀ”-20 thread
5/8” long
Energize two circuits
from a common feed
Off-On1-On2
Off-On-Off
50082 50082-BX
50088 50088-BX
8A at 12V DC
SPDT
8A at 12V DC
TPTT
5A at 12 V DC
SPST
Steel
Steel
Plated
Sliver
7/16″-28 thread
5/16″ long
Aluminum
Steel
On
On
Steel Plunger
3 screw
–
–
Steel
1 blade &
1 wire
Plated
Silver
7/16″-20 thread
7/16″ long
On-Mom Off
91812-02
–
Chrome Plunger
Steel
Marine Grade • One, Two & Three Circuit Push-Pull Switches
M-482
PART NUMBERS
M-606
M-628
M-530
M-527
M-531
M-630
M-532
MOUNTING STEM
NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
KNOB
GASKET
SEALED
TERMINALS
CONTACTS HOUSING
VOLTAGE RATING
TYPE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
10A at
12V DC
10A at
12V DC
10A at
12V DC
10A at
12V DC
10A at
12V DC
10A at
12V DC
10A at
12V DC
10A at
12V DC
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
M-482 M-482-BX
M-482-BP 6-36V
DC
M-606 M-606-BX
M-606-BP 6-36V
DC
M-628 M-628-BX
M-628-BP 6-36V
DC
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
Off-On
Off-On
Off-On
On-Off
On-Off
Off
Off
Off
On
Chrome Brass
2 screw
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Brass
•
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
11
Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread)
Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread)
2 copper
12″ wires
Brass – PVC
Coated
2 screw
2 screw
3 screw
3 screw
3 screw
4 screw
3 screw
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
M-530 M-530-BX
M-527
M-531 M-531-BX
M-531-BP 6-36V
DC
M-630 M-630-BX
6-36V DC
–
6-36V DC
Chrome Brass
Chrome Brass
•
–
M-527-BP 6-36V
DC
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread)
SPST On-On-Off
SPDT On-On
–
Chrome Brass
Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread)
M-532 M-532-BX
M-532-BP 6-36V
DC
M-476 M-476-BX
M-476-BP 6-36V
DC
SPDT Off-On1-On2
10A at
12V DC
Off-On1-
SPDT
3/8″-32
1 ꢁ” long
Chrome Brass
On1&2
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
102
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Push-Pull Switches
Push-Pull Headlamp Switches
• Three
knob pull positions: In – Mid – Out
• In
= Headlamps Off
• Mid
= Parking Lights and
T
a
il Lights On
• Out
= Headlights and
T
a
il Lights On
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/PushPullSwitches
7124
72100
7152
7157
7127
71092-02
7112
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
MOUNTING
STEM
TYPE
TERMINALS CONTACTS
HOUSING
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
KNOB IMPRINT
Black
Lights
Plastic
Plated
7124
7124-06
72100
7152
7124-BX
7124-06-BX
72100-BX
7152-BX
15A at 12V DC
In-Mid-Out
In-Mid-Out
4 screw
4 screw
4 screw
4 screw
3 screw
4 screw
8 blade
†
8 blade
†
5 screw
Copper
Bronze
Silver
Silver
Silver
Copper
–
7/16″-28
7/16″-28
7/16″-28
3/8′-24
–
Steel
Black
Lights
Plastic
Plated
Steel
Black
Lights
Plastic
O-Ring Seal in Stem & Gasket Sealed
Terminal Insulator
20A at 12V DC
15A at 12V DC
In-Mid-Out
Diecast
Ivory
Lights
Plastic
Plated
Steel
In-Mid-Out
–
3
30A at 12V DC
with Breaker
Ivory
Lights
Plastic
Plated
Steel
7157
7157-BX
In-Mid-Out
7/16″-28
7/16″-28
7/16”-28
7/16”-28
3/8′-24
Includes 30A Circuit Breaker
Includes 20A Glass Fuse
20A at 12V DC
with Fuse
Black
Lights
Plastic
Plated
Steel
7127
7127-BX
In-Mid-Out
15A at 12V DC with
Internal Breaker
Plated
Steel
4.5 Ω with Internal
15A Circuit Breaker
71092
71092-BX
In-Mid-Out
None
None
None
None
Lights
15A at 12V DC with
Internal Breaker
Plated
Steel
4.5 Ω with Internal
15A Circuit Breaker
71092-02 71092-02-BX
7112 7112-BX
In-Mid-Out
–
Tan
Plastic
Plated
Steel
10A at 12V DC
4
In-Mid1-Mid2-Out
Copper
–
†Accepts Delphi 2977645 or 2984169
Specialized Push-Pull Switches
68028
50036
50203
HOUSING
Plated Steel
9576
11
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING STEM
ACTUATOR
KNOB
VOLTAGE
TYPE
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
MATERIAL
SIZE
Ivory Plastic
(10-32 Metal Thread)
2 screw
Copper
Gold Imprint: Lights
7/16”-28 thread
5/16” long
Heater switch
3Ω coil resistance
68028 68028-BX
50036 50036-BX
12V DC
12V DC
3
2
2
Off-Hi-Lo
Steel
–
(1-13/16”x 1-19/32”x ꢀ”)
Two-speed axle switch to mount
on gear shift lever
Accepts 40102 connector
3 female
bullet
On-On (DPST)
In-Off
Red Plastic 1-ꢁ” Ø
Copper
Zinc with Rubber Boot
–
10A at 12V
36V DC max
3/8”-32 thread
5/8” long
Magneto Switch,
Out-Run
50203
–
(Magneto Switch Grounded)
Integral Nickel Plated
1 screw
Copper
Out-Run (Magneto Switch Open)
Plated Steel
Aluminum
Battery ignition and
starter switch –
Off-Ign/Acc-Ign/Start
9576
9011
9576-BX
9011-BX
12V DC
–
2
2
Black Plastic
4 screw
Copper
Plated Steel
Plated Steel
Steel
Steel
3/8″-24 thread
10A Acc, 5A Ign, 5A Start
spring return to Ign/Acc
1″-22 thread
17/32″ long
Off-Start
Chrome Plated Button
2 scew
Copper
Engine Start / Engine Stop Button
103
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Rotary Switches
Universal Rotary Switches
In a full range of styles and circuitries for lighting, ignition and similar applications.
• For
forward-reverse operation of a motor, to give a motion such as Up/Down, Left/Right, In/Out, Rotate/Counte
r
–
rotate
• Suitable
for control of tailgates, winches, windlasses, snowplows and other applications
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
9500
Off
24054
75705-01
95005-03
75712-04
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
Reverse
A & D
On
Off
Reverse
A1 & B1
A2 & B2
On
On
On
On
Forward
A & C
B & D
Mom. On
Mom. On
Forward
A1 & B2
A2 & B1
Battery
& Left
Battery
& Right
B & C
Both positions
spring return to
OFF position
Both positions
spring return to
OFF position
PART NUMBERS
SWITCH
TYPE
MOUNTING
STEM
RATING
TYPE
ACTUATOR
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
Plated
9500
24054
75701
9500-BX
–
10A at 12V DC
SPST
10A at 12V DC
SPST
2
3
3
–
–
Off-On
Lever
Lever
Lever
2 screw
3 screw
3 screw
ꢀ”-20
ꢀ”-20
Compact Case
Steel
Plated
Steel
On1-Off-On2
On1-Off-On2
–
–
Plated
Steel
75701-BX
20A at 12V DC
20A at 12V DC
–
–
Reverse
7/16”-28
Universal rotary
or fan control types
of products
Black Knob
(Fan Icon)
72171-02
75602-10
–
–
3
Rotary
Off-On-On
–
6 blade
Copper
6 Way
11/32″-12
24V DC
–
4
3
–
Aptiv 2977042
Lever
Male
Connector
Diecast 13/16″-24
–
On (Reverse); Off; On
(Forward)
Plated
ꢀ”-20
Steel
90005-01 90005-01-BX
15A at 12V DC
DPDT
75705-01 75705-01-BX
10A at 12V DC
Reverse
4 screw
Spring Return to Off
Internal O-Ring Seal;
Spring Return to Off
from Both Positions
Key with Coded
Tumbler Lock
Plated
–
3
3
3
Momentary Mom
On1-Off-Mom On2
3 screw
4 screw
13/16″-24
Steel
Off (Reverse)-Off-On
Key with Coded
Plated
90005-03 90005-03-BX
15A at 12V DC
DPDT
75712-04 75712-04-BX
50A at 12V DC
DPDT
Reversing
13/16″-24
Steel
O-Ring Seal in Stem
(Forward)
Tumbler Lock
Momentary Mom
Off (Reverse)-Off-
Reversing Mom
On (Forward)
4 screw
Plated
3/32″ thick
Steel
High Amp
Silver Contacts
Lever
ꢀ”-20
Rheostat Switches
Ceramic insulator with embedded coil for effective heat dissipation.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
Dim/Low
Bright, High
Off
11
PART NUMBERS
ACTUATOR
MOUNTING
STEM
VOLTAGE RESISTANCE
POSITIONS
TERMINALS
HOUSING
DIMENSIONS
BULK
BOXED
7493-BX
–
KNOB
IMPRINT
–
1.32”Ø .88” long
(33.5mm Ø
22.4mm long)
7493
12V DC
12V DC
8 Ohms
8 Ohms
3
3
Black Plastic Bar Knob
Black Plastic Bar Knob
2 screw
2 screw
Plated Steel
Plated Steel
7/16”-28
15/32” long
7493-07
Panel Lamps
Heater-Defroster Switches
Coil embedded in ceramic insulator for effective heat dissipation.
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
RESISTANCE
POSITIONS
TYPE
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
MOUNTING HOLE
BULK
BOXED
68362
68362-BX
12V DC
3 Ohms
4
Off-High-Medium-Low
Black Plastic Bar Knob
2 screw
5/8″ Through-Hole
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
104
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Rotary Wiper Switches
Electronic Windshield Wiper Switches
Universal application. For stem- or bracket-mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, with keyway.
• Intermittent
delay feature for permanent magnet electric wiper motors
• Negative
ground only
• Four
positions: Off/Park – Intermittent Range – Low – High
• 7/16”-28
x .45” (
1
1
.
3mm)
• Round
black plastic, white imprinted knob with metal insert and set screw included unless noted otherwise
• Controls
single motor unless noted otherwise
• Conforms
to SAE J1455, SAE J
1
12a, and SAE J234
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/WiperSwitches
OFF/
PARK
ON, Long Delay 15 sec
Intermittent
Delay
ON, Short Delay 2 sec
LOW SPEED
HIGH SPEED
PART NUMBERS
CONNECTOR
HOUSING
DIMENSIONS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
Delphi 2965977 8-way
female connector
75600
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
•
•
–
Delphi 6294544 4-way male
and Delphi 2977042 6-way
male connectors
Controls two motors in phase
at the same speed
†
75600-01 75600-01-BX
–
•
Delphi 2977042 6-way male
connector
75600-02 75600-02-BX
75600-04 75600-04-BX
–
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
4
Color-coded leads
Delphi 6294544 4-way male
and Delphi 2977048 4-way
female connectors
75600-05
–
2 7
/
32” x 2 7/32” x 1 13/16”
(56.4mm x
56.4mm x 46.0mm)
Diecast
75600-07 75600-07-BX
7 pole connector
11
Delphi 6294544 4-way male
and Delphi 2977042 6-way
male connectors
Controls two motors in phase
at the same speed
†
75602-02
75600-25
–
–
–
24V DC
•
Six Pin AMP Connector
#640585-1
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
24C DC
6
5
•
•
•
–
Delphi (Packard) 8-way male
connector 2965972 (mates
with 2965977).
75601-14 75601-14-BX
Controls one or two motors
–
Nine Pin AMP 1-480707-0
Connector
75603-09
–
† = with or without dynamic parking (based on motor capabilities)
105
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Rotary Wiper Switches
Electric Windshield Wiper Switches
Universal application. For through hole and panel mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, with keyway.
• Three
positions: Off/Park – Low – High
• 7/16”-28
x .45” (
1
1
.
3mm) mounting stem unless noted otherwise
• Round
black plastic, white imprinted knob with metal insert and set screw included unless noted otherwise
• Controls
single motor unless noted otherwise
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/WiperSwitches
PART NUMBERS
TERMINALS
HOUSING
MOUNTING STEM
DIMENSIONS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
No electrical break
between positions
68159-05 68159-05-BX
75212-04 75212-04-BX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
12V DC
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5 blade
4 blade
6 blade
4 blade
5 blade
7 blade
6 blade
5 blade
8 blade
Plated steel
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
Plated steel
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
Plated steel
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
Plated steel
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
Plated steel
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
Plated steel
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
12V or
24V DC
1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
•
–
12V or
24V DC
1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
Controls two
motors
75217-04
–
1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
Internal 6A
circuit breaker
75221-06 75221-06-BX
75221-09 75221-09-BX
12V DC
12V DC
1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
Internal 6A
circuit breaker
•
•
•
12V or
24V DC
1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
Controls two
motors
75226
75226-BX
12V or
24V DC
1 5/8” Ø
(41.3mm Ø)
75228-03 75228-03-BX
75228-04 75228-04-BX
Diecast
Diecast
Diecast
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm)
•
•
•
–
–
12V or
24V DC
1 5/8” Ø
(41.3mm Ø)
12V or
24V DC
1 5/8” Ø
(41.3mm Ø)
Controls two
motors
75236
75236-BX
•
Wiper Switch Accessories
11
81298-02
81298-34
PART NUMBERS
IMPRINT
FACE DIAMETER
MATERIAL
BULK
BOXED
81298-02
81298-34
81298-02-BX
81298-34-BX
SAE wiper symbol
1 3/16” Ø
1 3/16” Ø
Black plastic
Black plastic
SAE wiper-washer symbol
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
106
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Rotary Headlamp Switches
Headlamp Dimmer Switches
• For
variable intensity control of lighting applications
• For
use in negative ground systems
• Black
plastic knob with metal insert and set screw
• Knob
imprinted in white with SAE variable symbol
• Diecast
case: 1 9/16”Ø (39.7mm) by .883” (22.4mm) long
74600-02
74601-01
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
CASE
RATING
DUTY CYCLE
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING STEM
BULK
RETAIL
MATERIAL
DIMENSIONS
3 wire (Load, Battery & Ground)
Delphi 2984378 connector
on 3″ (76.2mm) leads
1 9/16” Ø x .883”
7/16”-28 thread
74600-02
–
74600-02-BP 4A
at 12V DC
0-100%
1-99%
1-99%
Diecast
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
.45” (11.4mm) long
2 wires (Load & Battery)
1 25/32” (45.2mm) long
1 9/16” Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74601-01 74601-01-BX
74601-01-BP 7A
at 12V DC
Diecast
Diecast
2 wires 2” (50.8mm) long
two AMP connectors
(load
480054-3, battery 480053-3)
1 9/16”Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74603
74603-BX
–
–
–
6A at 12V DC
7A at 14.7V DC
7A at 14.7V DC
18% – 45%
+/- 5%
1 9/16” Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74601-06
74601-12
–
–
TYCO Terminal #3-520106-2
Plated Steel
Plated Steel
2 Terminated Wire TE
Connectivity 3-520106-2
1 9/16” Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
–
Off
Hazard
Rotary Headlamp Switches
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
Hazard, Headlamps &
Dash Lamps, Tail Lights
Headlamps & Dash Lamps,
Working Lights
72079-01
PART NUMBERS
BULK
ACTUATOR
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
MOUNTING
NOTES
POSITIONS
TERMINALS CONTACTS
HOUSING
STEM
KNOB
IMPRINT
72079-01
20A at 12V DC
4
Black Plastic
SAE Headlight Symbol
5 screw
Silver
Plated Steel
5/8″-32 thread
O-Ring Seal in Stem
Foot Operated Switches
11
Foot Operated Turn Switches
Depress to On, spring return to Off.
T
w
o switches are needed for left and right turn signals.
Plastic-coated, providing protection against moisture, dust and roadsplash.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FootSwitches
7785
7792
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING
NORMAL
POSITION
STEM
SIZE
CIRCUITRY
TYPE
TERMINALS
HOUSING
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
TYPE
HOLES
Diecast PVC
Coated
Diecast PVC
Coated
Diecast PVC
Coated
Through-
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
7792
7792-BX
Off-On
Normally Off
2 screw
2 Screw
7
/
8″ Ø
Sealed
Floorboard
Depress to On,
spring return to Off.
Through-
Floorboard
Through-
Floorboard
7792-01 7792-01-BX
7792-03
SPST
Normally Open
7
/
8″ Ø
7
/
8″ Ø
–
–
–
On-Off
Normally Open
2 Wire Leads
107
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Foot Operated Switches
Foot Operated Headlamp Dimmer Switches
Depress-release for low beam, depress-release for high beam. Corrosion-resistant diecast metal housings, moisture-repellent insulators.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FootSwitches
7700
7786
7787
7762
PART NUMBERS
MOUNTING
STEM
SIZE
TYPE
TERMINALS
HOUSING
BULK
7700
BOXED
TYPE
HOLES
3x 16 AWG
(5.75″ long)
PVC Coated
Diecast
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
7700-BX
On-On
–
–
–
–
27/32″ Ø
1-1/16″ Ø
7
/
8″ Ø
7
/
8″ Ø
7
/
8″ Ø
–
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
7786
7786-BX
3 screw
3 screw
–
Diecast
Diecast
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
7784
7784-BX
On-On
On-Off
On-On
–
Packard Connector
12015792
PVC Coated
Diecast
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
7785-01
7786-01
7786-03
–
–
–
Through-
Floorboard
PVC Coated
Diecast
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
–
Aptiv 12015793
SPDT
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
3 wire leads
3 blade
–
–
Diecast
Diecast
3x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
ꢂ” and 1-ꢂ” on centers
7789-02 7789-02-BX
–
55/64″
2x ꢁ”-20 tapped holes
1-ꢂ” on centers
7787
7762
7787-BX
7762-BX
–
–
3 screw
3 blade
–
Diecast
Diecast
7
/
8″ Ø
–
2x 9/32ӯ holes
1-ꢂ” on centers
On-Floorboard
30155
Foot Operated Starter Switches
Off-On, normally Off. Depress to On, spring return to Off.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/FootSwitches
11
9060
PART NUMBERS
9183
MOUNTING
NORMAL
CIRCUITRY
TYPE
TERMINALS
PLUNGER
NOTES
POSITION
BULK
BOXED
TYPE
HOLES
Autolite SW-40001 (15-
47), 15-50, 401A, 4002,
4005, 4010, 4015 (15-51)
2x 9/32ӯ holes
1.83″
1-ꢂ” on centers
Long
Delco
D900 (405C)
9060
9060-BX
Normally
Off
2x 5/16″-24 studs with
hexnuts & washers
Through- 2x
9/32ӯ holes
Floorboard 1-ꢂ”
on centers
9183
9183-BX
SPST
Off-On
1″ Long
Autolite SW-4012 (15-49)
Delco 1996478
2x
7
/
32″ tapped
holes 23/32″ on
center
16 thread and 32 thread
21/32″
long
91001 91001-BX
terminal posts on body of
switch
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
108
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Specialty Switches
Backup Switches
• See
table below for replacement suitability
• Normally
off, on with plunger depressed, spring return to Off
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/BackupSwitches
91113
75125
9052
PART NUMBERS
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
ACTION
ACTUATOR
MOUNTING
DETAIL
TERMINALS
BULK
BOXED
Normally
Off
91113
91113-BX 20A
at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
Ball
On vehicle transmission
Spring return to Off
2 screw
2 screw
2 screw
Normally
Off
Two 13/64” (5.2mm) Ø mounting holes,
1/2” (12.7mm) on centers
Back-up alarm switch
Spring return to Off
75125
9052
–
–
SPST Off-On
5” lever
Button-Head 1/2”
7/16” (7.9mm) Ø mounting stem, 7/16” –20 (7.9mm)
(12.7mm) long
9052-BX 10A
at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
91105-BX 10A
at 12V DC
SPST Off-On
–
Spring return to Off
long, with two flats for mounting in double-D hole
Button-head
actuator, 3/8″
(9.5mm) long
On with plunger
depressed, spring
return to Off
Normally
Off
3/8 (9.5mm) long. 7/16 -20 (7.9mm) diameter mounting
stem
2 – 18AWG
Wire Leads
91105
Stoplamp Switches
• See
table below for replacement suitability
On
Off
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/StoplampSwitches
8626
8629
8645
8715
8487
PART NUMBERS
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
DETAIL
MOUNTING
TERMINALS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
2 – Tapped 10-32 mounting
holes 5/8” on centers
8486
8486-BX
•
Normally On
Normally Off
–
–
2 blade
2 bullet
Lever actuated to Off spring return to On
Lever actuated to On spring return to Off
2 – Tapped 10-32 mounting
holes 5/8” on centers
8486-05 8486-05-BX
Operates at 60-120 psi (414-827 kPa);
NPTF dry-seal thread for
1/8” -27 thread
8626
8629
8626-BX
8629-BX
•
•
Normally Off
Normally Off
–
–
2 6-32 screw
2 male bullet
11/32” (8.73mm) long
use without sealant
11
SPST
Operates at 60-120 psi (414-827 kPa);
NPTF dry-seal thread for
1/8” -27 thread
11/32” (8.73mm) long
use without sealant
Moisture-resistant
plastic body
1/2” Ø
8715
8487
8715-BX
8487-BX
•
•
Normally On
Normally On
2 blade
2 bullet
Spring return to normal position.
Spring return to normal position.
1 5/32” long
Lever is 2 7/8”
overall length
Tapped 10-32 mounting
holes 5/8” on centers
109
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Specialty Switches
Neutral Safety Ball Switches
• Spring
return to normal position
• Moisture-resistant
insulators
• Corrosion-resistant
metal housings
• Silver
contacts
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/NeutralSafetySwitches
9242
9242-01
92102
92107-04
9162-03
9224
PART NUMBERS
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
RATING
MOUNTING
DETAIL
TERMINALS
BULK
BOXED
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread,
5/16” (7.9mm) long
9242
9242-01
92102
9242-BX
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
Normally Off
–
2 screw
2 screw
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread,
5/16” (7.9mm) long
Same as 9242 but with
brass gasket/washer
9242-01-BX
92102-BX
Normally Off
Normally Off
Normally Off
Normally Off
Normally On
Normally On
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread,
21/32” (16.7mm) long
Accepts female blade terminals or
Delphi 2962679 2-pole connector
2 button head
2 screw
3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread,
31/64” (12.3mm) long
92107-04
9162-03
9224
92107-04-BX 20A
at 12V DC
–
3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread,
31/64” (12.3mm) long
–
35A at 12V DC
Gasket on mounting stem
Aluminum gasket/washer
–
2 female bullet
2 screw
5A at 12V DC
3A at 24V DC
3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread,
31/64” (12.3mm) long
9224-BX
9224-07-BX
9224-07
5A at 12V DC
1/4″-32 thread 1/4″ long
2 screw
Neutral Safety and Backup Lamp Switch Accessories
For Neutral Safety and Back-up Lamp Switches. Molded of durable PVC to resist moisture and dirt.
Internal ring forms a seal with the groove around the switch housing.
11
PART NUMBERS
DETAIL
MOUNTING
BULK
BOXED
Protective boot for switches with 1 1/8” hex housing.
Part Numbers: 9224, 9242, 9242-07, 92102,
92103, 92105, 92107-04.
Internal ring forms seal with
switch housing groove
83377
83377-BX
83377
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
110
Vehicle
Connectors
Heavy duty sockets, plugs and assemblies that withstand the rigors of trucking in
dust, dirt, rain and snow, heat and cold, yet maintain electrical continuity between
tractor unit and trailer.
Best Practices for Connectors
Properly installed tracto
r
–
trailer connectors are critical to the safe performance of a
rig so connectors are routinely subjected to vibration, extreme weather conditions,
as well as mechanical forces. We highly recommend that a trained technician
performs the installation. It is the responsibility of the end-user to take into account
the mounting location and environment, conductor type, size, flexibility and other
installation parameters.
Review the assembly procedure before assembly. A common error is to not slide a
clamp, boot or housing onto the cable before connecting the wires. Recommended
tools: screwdriver (preferably with torque limiter); soldering iron (preferably a solder
pot), solder and flux; wire stripper and cutter; and ruler. Cut the cable, and strip the
jacket to the recommended length. Strip the wires to the recommended length, and
tin them. Maintain a tight strand bundle before tinning, so that there are no loose
strands. Re-tin if necessary
.
T
his makes it easier to insert the wires into the terminal,
and helps to properly position the tinned strands at the right depth.
Slide the housing, spring coil or boot over the cable. Properly insert and position
the tinned conductor into each terminal. Locate the tinned portion under the
terminal screw before tightening the screw. Tighten the termination screws to
the appropriate torques.
Inspect the terminated connection for cut or loose strands, fragments of wire
insulation between the terminal/conductor connection, bent terminals, loose or
stripped terminal screws and other visible problems.
Check that the correct connections have been made, by re-checking that the
conductor jacket color matches the insulator coding.
Carefully slide the insulator into the connector housing, making sure that the insulator
is fully seated. Don’t twist or lever the terminated conductor after it has been inserted
and locked into the insulator. This may damage the terminal and put stress on the
terminated connection. Finally tighten the housing screw or cable clamp.
In order to keep a plug clean when not inserted in a socket, we recommend the use
of the
1
1
7
50 Sto
r
–
A-Way Plug Holder.
111
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
r
acto
r
–
T
r
ailer Connectors
12300 & 12301 – 13-Pole Connectors
The 13-pole sockets and plugs provide six additional tracto
r
–
trailer circuits within the dimensions of
traditional 7-pole connectors. The connectors are adaptable to a wide variety of wiring combinations,
including multiplexed circuits. 13-Pole connectors surpass SAE J560b performance standards, by
conforming to interchangeability between 7-pole and 13-pole connectors. The connectors are a bright
yellow so that the 13 pole configuration is easily identifiable. They are constructed of robust glass-filled
plastic housings that cannot rust or corrode. The ground terminals accept up to 8AWG wire, 7 pole
terminals up to 10AWG, smaller 6 pole terminals up to 14AWG.
12300, Socket
• Gasket-sealed
socket door is spring-loaded and locks onto the plug.
• Rain
hood extends beyond the pins to protect the interior. The 5º downward pitch drain channel inside
the socket reduces water retention.
12300
• Three
mounting holes on the flange: .33” (8.4mm) diameter, 2.93” (
7
4
.6mm) on centers.
• Includes
six 31784 crimp-on connectors to mate with the six smaller pole terminals.
12301, Plug
• Plug
locks into the socket, utilizing the spring-loaded socket door.
• Spring-grip
contacts have self-adjusting spring bands to maintain long-term uniform electrical contact with
socket pins. They also feature strain relief and grommet seals to isolate the contacts from mechanical
strain and provides water protection.
• Cable
retainer maintains secure cable connection.
12301
• O-ring
at the plug end prevents water from reaching the contacts.
• Includes
six 31784 crimp-on connectors to mate with the six smaller pole terminals.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
TERMINALS
MOUNTING
POLES
TYPE
MATERIAL
COLOR
NOTES
HOLES
BULK
12300
12301
RETAIL
PIN TYPE
MATERIAL
Glass-Filled
Plastic
Glass-Filled
Plastic
12300-BX
12301-BX
–
–
13
13
Socket
Plug
Yellow
Yellow
Solid
Brass
3
Spring Loaded Door
O-ring in plug end
Solid
Brass
–
81356 – Protective Boot for 3-Bolt Flange Sockets
Protect against road splash, dirt and moisture. Fits over the back of the flange, and covers the terminal
connectors. Designed for 12310 7-pole socket and 12300 13-pole socket.
PART NUMBERS
POLES
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
81356
81356-BX
–
7 & 13
Rubber
Fits Sockets: 12300 and 12310
81356
Typical RV 7-Pole Wiring Color Codes
SAE Coding Convention for 7-Pole Connectors
LITTELFUSE
TERMINAL
MARKING
WIRE
WIRE
COLOR
CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
FUNCTION
COLOR
FUNCTION
Ground return to
White
Black
Yellow
Red
Ground
White
Black
Yellow
Red
1
2
3
4
5
W
BK
Y
towing vehicle
12
Clearance, side marker, and
identification lamps
Auxiliary power/battery charge
Auxiliary
Left turn signal and hazard lamps
Stop lamps and
antilock device
Right turn signal and
hazard lamps
Left turn and brake lights
Taillights and clearance lights
R
Green
Green
G
Brown
Blue
Right turn and brake lights
Electric trailer brakes
Brown
Blue
6
7
BR
BL
Tail and license plate lamps
Continuous ABS
power/Auxiliary
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
112
Vehicle Connectors
T
r
acto
r
–
T
r
ailer Connectors
7-Pole Connector Sockets
Sockets and plugs conform to ATA, RCCC (RP-102), SAE (J560b), FMVSS-121, FIEI TTMA (RP 40-73) standards or recommendations, and
are compatible with other standard (J560b) connectors.
Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG. Solid brass contacts are aligned to assure proper contact and
minimal voltage drop. Wiring codes are embossed on the insulator.
The door is spring-loaded and fits over a mating ridge on the socket face to minimize penetration of dirt and moisture. Housings are
constructed from corrosion-resistant diecast metal or rugged glass-filled plastic. Contacts are either self-grounding or insulated.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
12310
12080
12080-11 – ABS
12063
12077-01
PART NUMBERS
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS
MATERIAL
COLOR
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
PIN TYPE
MATERIAL
MOUNTING FLANGE
THROUGH-HOLE
0.33” (8.4mm) Ø
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers
0.488” x 0.328” (12.4×8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers
0.488” x 0.328” (12.4×8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers
0.488” x 0.328” (12.4×8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers
0.488” x 0.328” (12.4×8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers
0.488” x 0.328” (12.4×8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers
Gasket-Sealed with
Rain Hood
12310
–
12310-BX
12080-BX
12080-11-BX
12063-BX
–
3
2
Glass-Filled Plastic
Black
Glass-Filled Plastic
Black
Glass-Filled Plastic
Green
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
Split
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
2” (50.8mm) Ø
2” (50.8mm) Ø
2” (50.8mm) Ø
2” (50.8mm) Ø
2” (50.8mm) Ø
Insulated
Door marked
“Trailer ABS”
–
12063
12063-11
12063-01
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
–
Silver
–
Self-Grounding
7
–
12063-01-BX
Self-Grounding
1x Spring
Grip
Female
6x Solid
Male
For ISO-Type
Polarized ground
terminal – Insulated
Mates with 11100-02
and 11100-01
0.488” x 0.328” (12.4×8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers
12077-01
†
12077-01-BX
Diecast Metal
–
Brass
2” (50.8mm) Ø
•
†
Polarized ground terminal, insulated. Replacement for ISO 3731-1976 (E) road vehicles, type 24S (supplementary).
Typical RV 7-Pole Wiring Color Codes
SAE Coding Convention for 7-Pole Connectors
LITTELFUSE
TERMINAL
MARKING
WIRE
WIRE
COLOR
CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
FUNCTION
COLOR
FUNCTION
Ground return to
White
Black
Yellow
Red
Ground
White
Black
Yellow
Red
1
2
3
4
5
W
BK
Y
towing vehicle
12
Clearance, side marker, and
identification lamps
Auxiliary power/battery charge
Auxiliary
Left turn signal and hazard lamps
Stop lamps and
antilock device
Right turn signal and
hazard lamps
Left turn and brake lights
Taillights and clearance lights
R
Green
Green
G
Brown
Blue
Right turn and brake lights
Electric trailer brakes
Brown
Blue
6
7
BR
BL
Tail and license plate lamps
Continuous ABS
power/Auxiliary
113
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
r
acto
r
–
T
r
ailer Connectors
7-Pole Connector Plugs – High Performance
Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG. Cable protectors are constructed
of plated steel, and provide strain relief and protection against abrasion.
• High-Performance
Plug Surpasses SAE J560b performance standards. Superior environmental protection
gives extended product life. Black glass-filled plastic housing cannot rust or corrode
• Plug
locks onto opening on spring-loaded socket door. Spring-grip contacts have self-adjusting spring
bands to maintain long-term uniform electrical contact with socket pins. O-ring at the plug end prevents
water from reaching the contacts.
• Strain
relief and grommet seal isolates the contacts from mechanical strain, and provides extra moisture
protection. Cable retainer maintains secure cable connection. Replaceable interior.
• Connects
with all SAE J560b sockets, and Littelfuse brand 13-pole sockets.
12311
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
CABLE
POLES
MATERIAL
COLOR
O-RING
PROTECTOR
BULK
BOXED
12311
12311-BX
7
–
Glass-Filled Plastic
Black
•
7-Pole Connector Plugs – Quick Release Interiors
Quick Release Plug Interiors can be readily removed by loosening the single set screw in the cable clamp,
and then depressing on the spring clip release with a screwdriver. The interior then readily slides out. The
interior slides back into the housing and locks securely into place with a high-tension metal clip. After the
cable clamp is tightened, the plug is ready for use.
• Plated
steel cable protectors are available to provide strain relief and protection against abrasion
• Ground
terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
12091/12092
PART NUMBERS
POLES
CABLE PROTECTOR
MATERIAL
COLOR
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
12091
12092
12081
12082
–
–
–
–
–
7
7
7
7
–
•
–
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
–
12092-BX
–
–
Glass-Filled Plastic
Glass-Filled Plastic
Black
Black
12081/12082
12082-BX
•
7-Pole Connector Plugs – Spring Grip Electrical Contacts
Spring Grip Electrical Contacts contain a self-adjusting spring band that maintains contact pressure from
socket to pin. Greater contact pressure not only gives greater electrical efficiency, but also makes coupling
and uncoupling uniform, and minimizes buildup of dirt. In competitive plugs, conventional contacts tend to
widen after repeated use. These plugs feature individually sprung sockets to insure maximum contact year
after year.
• Plated
steel cable protectors are available to provide strain relief and protection against abrasion
• Ground
terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG
• Diecast
metal housing
12
1255
• Replaceable
interior
• Wiring
codes are identified on the insulator
• Cable
clamp holds all wires securely
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
CABLE PROTECTOR
MATERIAL
COLOR
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1222
1255
1222-BX
1255-BX
–
–
7
7
–
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
–
–
•
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
114
Vehicle Connectors
T
r
acto
r
–
T
r
ailer Connectors
4 & 6 Pole Connector Sockets
Normally used with a trailer where limited functionality (taillights, brake lights) is needed. Ideal for boat trailers, or RVs towing a car on a
flatbed trailer. Diecast metal housings. Screw terminals accept up to 12AWG wire. Replaceable interiors.
Brass split-pin contacts are aligned to assure proper contact and minimal voltage drop. Spring-loaded socket doors, plug locks securely into
the opening. Wiring codes are identified on the insulator.
T
w
o mounting holes on the flange 17/64” (6.7mm) diameter, 2 15/16” (
7
4
.6mm) on
centers. Mount through 1 3/8” (34.9mm) diameter hole.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
1258
1235
1257/1232
PART NUMBERS
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
PIN TYPE
MATERIAL
MOUNTING FLANGE
THROUGH-HOLE
Diecast
Metal
17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
1 3/8” Ø
Exposed terminal
screws
1258
1235
1257
1232
1258-BX
1235-BX
1257-BX
1232-BX
–
–
–
–
2
2
2
2
Split
Split
Split
Split
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
•
•
•
•
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
(34.9mm) Ø
6
4
Diecast
Metal
17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
1 3/8” Ø
(34.9mm) Ø
•
•
–
Diecast
Metal
17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
1 3/8” Ø
(34.9mm) Ø
Exposed terminal
screws
Diecast
Metal
17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
1 3/8” Ø
(34.9mm) Ø
–
4 & 6 Pole Connector Plugs
Contacts float for best alignment and connection. Cable clamps hold all size cables firmly in place. Cable protectors (where present) are
constructed from plated steel, and provide strain relief and protection against abrasion.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
1236
1254
1233
1253
12
PART NUMBERS
TERMINALS
POLES
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
PIN TYPE
MATERIAL
1236
1254
1233
1253
1236-BX
1254-BX
1233-BX
1253-BX
–
–
–
–
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
Split
Split
Split
Split
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
•
•
•
•
Exposed terminal screws
6
4
•
•
Exposed terminal screws
115
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
T
r
acto
r
–
T
r
ailer Connectors
2- Pole Power Take-Off Connectors
Suitable replacement for connectors in tarping applications. Provides a high-integrity two-circuit path for
on- and off-road vehicles and in agricultural applications. Plug latches solidly with the socket cover.
• Vertically-aligned
machined brass contacts
• Diecast
zinc plug and socket housings with engineering-grade plastic interior
•
T
e
rminations
accept 6AWG wire
• Polarized
connections
11041-06
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
CABLE
PROTECTOR
POLES
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
Gasket-sealed socket keeps out dirt and
moisture when not in use
Durable, flexible spring coil protects
the cable
11041-06
11041-06-BX
11042-05-BX
–
2
2
–
Diecast Metal
Diecast Metal
11042-05
–
•
11041-05
1-Pole Power Take-Off Connectors
Diecast metal plug and socket housings with engineering-grade plastic interior provides power to auxiliary
equipment. Electrical conductors and connections are designed for maximum efficiency and long life and
terminations accept up to 0AWG wire.
•
1
1
0
41
– Socket: Self-grounding. Solid brass 3/8” (9.5mm) Ø male contact, with insulated tip
to prevent short circuits. Rubber boot protects terminals and connections from moisture
and dirt. Fits 2” (50.8mm) Ø hole.
T
w
o mounting holes on the flange 21/64” (8.6mm) Ø,
2 15/16” (
7
4
.6mm) on centers
11041
•
1
1
0
42
– Plug: With ground return terminal. Brass female contact with spring grip tension provides solid
engagement with the mating socket. Cable clamp holds cable firmly in place.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
TYPE
MATERIAL
CONTACTS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
11042
11042-BX
–
1
Plug
Diecast Metal
Brass
11042
Farm Equipment Connectors
T
w
o-pole breakaway unit: plug automatically releases at approximately 20lbs pull. Mate with all
connectors of comparable design. Polarized. 20A maximum capacity.
• 1282
– Socket with Mounting Bracket: Plated steel housing. High impact-resistant molded
insulator. Brass contacts and brass screw terminals. Stainless steel spring on the cover locks
the plug in place. Integral mounting bracket with two .218” (5.6mm) diameter mounting holes,
1
.
25” (3
1
.
8mm) on centers.
12
1282
• 1283-325,
Plug: Plated brass housing. Threaded cable grip.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
TYPE
MATERIAL CONTACTS
TERMINALS
POLARIZED
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
1282
1282-BX
–
–
2
2
Socket
Plug
Plated Steel
Plated Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass Screw
Brass Screw
•
•
1283-325
1283-325-BX
1283-325
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
116
Vehicle Connectors
T
r
ailer Connectors
In-Line Universal Connector
Flat profile design provides a robust 7-pole or 12-pole connection. Housings are molded thermoplastic material, resistant to ultraviolet solar
radiation. Nickel-plated brass terminals with split contact pins give a positive connection. Insulators between each terminal provide protection
from short circuits. Spring-loaded socket lid protects the terminals when not in use. Insulated cable clamp secures the cable, minimizing
vibration and strain.
T
e
rminal covers are easily removed for access to terminals. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
Circuit Identification:
1.
L
eft
turn signal
2. Accessory
5. Accessory
6. Brake
lights
9. Accessory
10. Ground
3. Ground
4. Right
turn signal
7.
R
ear–
clearance and side marker lamps
8. Accessory
11.
A
ccessory
12. Accessory
12400
12401
12500
12501
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
POLES
TYPE
MATERIAL
TERMINALS
WIRE SIZE
NOTES
BULK
RETAIL
12400
12401
12500
12501
12400-BX
12401-BX
12500-BX
12501-BX
–
–
–
–
Socket
Plug
–
7
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Nickel-Plated Brass
Nickel-Plated Brass
14AWG Max
–
Socket
Plug
Accepts 12- or 7-pole plug
–
Pins 1-7: 14AWG max
Pins 8-12: 8AWG max
12
Plug & Socket Connectors with Rubber Caps
Polarized to assure proper mating of circuits. Molded insulator bodies. Precision-machined brass contacts. Rubber caps protect connectors.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
M-121 (shown without cap)
M-115
PART NUMBERS
POLES
TYPE
MATERIAL
CONTACTS
TERMINALS
COLOR
POLARIZED
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
M-121
M-115
M-121-BX
M-115-BX
M-121-BP
M-115-BP
2
4
Plug & Socket
Plug & Socket
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass Screws
Brass Screws
Black
Black
•
•
Universal Trailer Connectors
Weatherproof connectors & wire lead assemblies. Polarized to assure proper mating of circuits. Molded bodies. Colo
r
–
coded 16AWG wire,
6” long (152.4mm). Conductors are properly aligned and bonded into the insulation, to assure minimal voltage drop, and for ease in
connecting. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
12
PART NUMBERS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
11134
11173
11172
11134-BX
11173-BX
11172-BX
11134-BP
11173-BP
11172-BP
4
3
2
•
•
•
11172-02
11172-03
–
–
–
–
2
2
•
•
11134
11173
11172
117
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Connector Mounts & Accessories
11750 – Stor-A-Way Plug Holder
Patented by Littelfuse–Cole Hersee. Designed to keep plugs clean when not in use, and extends life by
protecting electrical contacts from dirt and roadsplash.
For all SAE J560b 7-pole plugs and 13-pole plugs. Spring-loaded for secure locking.
PART NUMBERS
POLES
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
Heavy duty glass-filled
plastic
Heavy duty glass-filled
plastic
Fits Plugs: 12311, 1222, 1255, 12091, 12092,
12081, 12082, 12301, 11042 and 11042-05.
Fits Plugs: 12311, 1222, 1255, 12091, 12092,
12081, 12082, 12301, 11042 and 11042-05.
11750
11750
11750-BX
7 or 13
7
11750-03
–
1160 – License Holder Tube
Weatherproof tube protects important papers. 5” x 1 1/8” (12
7
.
0 x 28.6mm).
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
MATERIAL
CAP
MOUNTING
BULK
RETAIL
BODY
FLANGE
Three 3/16” (4.8mm) Ø mounting
holes in flange
1160
1160
–
–
Aluminum Captive
Brass
Brass
81192 – Cable Protector
Protects against strain and kinking.
PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
–
81192-BX
–
Plated Steel
Fits Plugs: 11042-05, 12081, 12082, 12091, 12092
81192
11178 – Protective Boot for 7-Pole Sockets
Protect against road splash, dirt and moisture. Inner ridge locks over the heads of the terminal screws
and to the edge of the casting.
PART NUMBERS
POLES
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
11178
Fits Sockets: 12063, 12063-01, 12080, 12080-01, 12080-11,
12077-01 and other 7-pole sockets with similar design
11178
11178-BX
–
7
Rubber
Surface Mounting Socket Accessories
For attachment of 4-, 6-, and 7-pole sockets of standard design (without integral circuit breakers).
•
1
11
6
5
– Mounting Bracket: Eliminates the need for cutting a hole in the trailer to accept a socket.
Mounting hardware included. Center hole is 2” (50.8mm) diameter.
•
1
11
6
4
– Mounting Gasket: Neoprene gasket for plastic or metal sockets.
11165
PART NUMBERS
TYPE
MATERIAL
NOTES
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
11165
11165-BX
–
Bracket
Gasket
Steel
Mounting hardware included
11164
11164-BX
–
Neoprene
Fits Sockets: 12063, 12063-01, 12080, 12080-01
11164
12
12AWG BLUE
14AWG WHITE/GREEN
8AWG WHITE
98647 – 13-Conductor Cable
14AWG WHITE/YELLOW
12AWG BLACK
Straight cable, available in 500’ lengths.
Conductor wires are colo
r
–
coded for easy
recognition. Durable insulation resists abrasion
and will not crack or stiffen at -70°F (-57°C)
12AWG BROWN
14AWG WHITE/ORANGE
12AWG GREEN
14AWG WHITE/BLUE
12AWG YELLOW
14AWG WHITE/RED
14AWG WHITE/BLACK
10AWG RED
PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL
13 TOTAL WIRE CONDUCTOR SIZES
98647
500’ LENGTH
ONE WIRE
ONE WIRE
FIVE WIRES
SIX WIRES
98647
100% Copper
8AWG
10AWG
12AWG
14AWG
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
118
Indicator Devices
Indicators are used for remote monitoring or indication of system status. Pilot lights
are frequently used as signal indicators for accessories or aftermarket add-ons.
What Are the Benefits of LEDs?
LED lights are solid-state, so they last longer and may never need servicing. This
means that replacement builds are not needed, and time is saved in applications with
maintenance personnel.
LEDs are unaffected by on-off cycling, and their brightness does not diminish over
time. LEDs can also function over a wider range of temperatures making them ideal
for harsh environments from desert conditions to frigid cold temperatures.
LEDs can be safer because they produce less heat
.
T
he build up of heat is undesirable
because it can create potential fire risks. LEDs operate at a very cool temperature and
the lens is not vulnerable to breakage from wate
r
–
splash.
119
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
LED Pilot Lights
12V LED Pilot Lights
Rugged light-emitting diode that ensures long hours of service, never needing bulb replacement. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/PilotLights
PL-521 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx.
1” bezel, fits
1
1
/16” diameter hole (1
7
.
2mm).
PART NUMBERS
RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
HOLE SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
-521-RC PL-521-RC-BX
P
L
-521-AC PL-521-AC-BX
P
L
-521-GC PL-521-GC-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Amber
Green
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
1”
1”
1”
11/16” Ø
11/16” Ø
11/16” Ø
PL-522 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx.
3/4” bezel, fits 5/8” diameter hole (15.9mm).
PART NUMBERS
RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
HOLE SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
-522-RC PL-522-RC-BX
P
L
-522-AC PL-522-AC-BX
P
L
-522-GC PL-522-GC-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Amber
Green
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
3”
3”
3”
5/8” Ø
5/8” Ø
5/8” Ø
PL-523 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx.
3/4” bezel, fits 5/8” diameter hole (15.9mm).
PART NUMBERS
RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
HOLE SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
-52ꢂ-RC PL-52ꢂ-RC-BX
P
L
-52ꢂ-AC PL-52ꢂ-AC-BX
P
L
-52ꢂ-GC PL-52ꢂ-GC-BX
P
L
-52ꢂ-BC PL-52ꢂ-BC-BX
P
L
-52ꢂ-CC PL-52ꢂ-CC-BX
–
–
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Amber
Green
Blue
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
3”
3”
3”
3”
3”
5/8” Ø
5/8” Ø
5/8” Ø
5/8” Ø
5/8” Ø
Clear
PL-524 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx.
5/8” bezel, fits 1/2” diameter hole (15.9mm), 0.5 to 5.5mm thick.
PART NUMBERS
RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
HOLE SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
-524-RC PL-524-RC-BX
P
L
-524-AC PL-524-AC-BX
P
L
-524-GC PL-524-GC-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Amber
Green
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
5/8”
5/8”
5/8”
ꢁ” Ø
ꢁ” Ø
ꢁ” Ø
PL-525 & PL-526 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx.
3/8” bezel, snaps into 21/64” diameter hole (8.3mm), 0.5 to 2.0mm thick. 6-3/4” wire leads.
• P
L
–
525
series is maintained illuminations; P
L
–
526 series in blinking illumination.
PART NUMBERS
BLINKING
ILLUMINATION
RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL
SIZE HOLE
SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
-525-RC
P
L
-525-AC
P
L
-525-GC
P
L
-526-RC
P
L
-526-AC
P
L
-526-GC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Amber
Green
Red
Amber
Green
6 3” wire leads
6 3” wire leads
6 3” wire leads
6 3” wire leads
6 3” wire leads
6 3” wire leads
ꢂ/8”
ꢂ/8”
ꢂ/8”
ꢂ/8”
ꢂ/8”
ꢂ/8”
21/64” Ø
21/64” Ø
21/64” Ø
21/64” Ø
21/64” Ø
21/64” Ø
•
•
•
PL-612 & PL-624 Series • 12V & 24V LED Pilot Lights
• 0.63”
bezel diameter, fits panels 5.1 to
7
.
6mm thick.
1
.
25” (3
1
.
7mm) body length.
PART NUMBERS
RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
BODY LENGTH
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
–
612-R
P
L
–
612-A
P
L
–
612-G
P
L
–
612-B
P
L
–
624-R
P
L
–
624-A
P
L
–
624-G
P
L
–
624-B
P
L
–
612-R-BX
P
L
–
612-A-BX
P
L
–
612-G-BX
P
L
–
612-B-BX
P
L
–
624-R-BX
P
L
–
624-A-BX
P
L
–
624-G-BX
P
L
–
624-B-BX
P
L
–
612-R-BP
P
L
–
612-A-BP
P
L
–
612-G-BP
P
L
–
612-B-BP
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
24V DC
Red
Amber
Green
Blue
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
ꢀ” blade
0.6ꢂ”
0.6ꢂ”
0.6ꢂ”
0.6ꢂ”
0.6ꢂ”
0.6ꢂ”
0.6ꢂ”
0.6ꢂ”
1.25”
1.25”
1.25”
1.25”
1.25”
1.25”
1.25”
1.25”
13
–
–
–
–
Red
Amber
Green
Blue
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
120
Indicator Devices
Incandescent Pilot Lights
12V Incandescent Pilot Lights
Corrosion-resistant construction. Spring-actuated brass contacts assure proper contact with the bulb. 16AWG (
1
.
0mm
2
) insulated
stranded copper leads, 8” (203mm) long. Additional information:
littelfuse.com/PilotLights
PL-2 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights
• #53
bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel, satin finish.
• 5/16”
(
7
.
9mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long.
PART NUMBERS
RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
–
P
L
-2-RC000-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Green
Blue
2x 8” wire leads
ꢁ” (12.7mm) Ø
ꢂ/16” (4.76mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
ꢁ” (12.7mm) Ø
ꢂ/16” (4.76mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
ꢁ” (12.7mm) Ø
ꢂ/16” (4.76mm) Ø
P
L
-2-GC000 PL-2-GC000-BX
P
L
-2-BC000
–
PL-20 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights
• #53
bulb supplied, Chrome-plated brass bezel.
• 3/4”
(19.1mm) diameter mounting stem,
1
1
/16” (1
7
.
5mm) long.
PART NUMBERS
RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
-20-RC000 PL-20-RC000-BX
P
L
-20-GC000 PL-20-GC000-BX
P
L
-20-AC000 PL-20-AC000-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Green
Amber
2x 8” wire leads
7/8” (22.2mm) Ø
17/ꢂ2” (1ꢂ.5mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
7/8” (22.2mm) Ø
17/ꢂ2” (1ꢂ.5mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
7/8” (22.2mm) Ø
17/ꢂ2” (1ꢂ.5mm) Ø
PL-36 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated with Faceted Lens Pilot Lights
• Lenses
have honeycomb pattern on the internal side, smooth on the outside.
• #53
bulb supplied, Satin finish stainless steel bezel.
• 1/2”
(12.7mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long.
PART NUMBERS
RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
-ꢂ6-RC000 PL-ꢂ6-RC000-BX
P
L
-ꢂ6-GC000 PL-ꢂ6-GC000-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Green
Amber
2x 8” wire leads
3” (19.1mm) Ø
5/16” (8.0mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
3” (19.1mm) Ø
5/16” (8.0mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
3” (19.1mm) Ø
5/16” (8.0mm) Ø
–
P
L
-ꢂ6-AC000-BX
PL-85 Series • 12V Single Contact with Faceted Lens
• #67
bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel.
• 7/8”
(22.2mm) diameter mounting stem, ¾” (19.1mm) long.
• Faceted
outer lens surface.
• Gasket
sealed.
PART NUMBERS
RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
–
85-RC000 P
L
–
85-RC000-BX
P
L
–
85-GC000 P
L
–
85-GC000-BX
P
L
–
85-AC000 P
L
–
85-AC000-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Green
Amber
1x 8” wire leads
1ꢀ” (ꢂ1.8mm) Ø
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
1x 8” wire leads
1ꢀ” (ꢂ1.8mm) Ø
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
1x 8” wire leads
1ꢀ” (ꢂ1.8mm) Ø
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
PL-86 Series • 12V Double Contact, Insulated
• #68
bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel.
• 7/8”
(22.2mm) diameter mounting stem, ¾” (19.1mm) long.
• Gasket
sealed.
13
PART NUMBERS
RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
P
L
–
86-RC000 P
L
–
86-RC000-BX
P
L
–
86-GC000 P
L
–
86-GC000-BX
P
L
–
86-AC000 P
L
–
86-AC000-BX
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Green
Amber
2x 8” wire leads
1ꢀ” (ꢂ1.8mm) Ø
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
1ꢀ” (ꢂ1.8mm) Ø
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
1ꢀ” (ꢂ1.8mm) Ø
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
121
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Incandescent Pilot Lights
PL-116 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Light
• #1893
bulb supplied, Aluminum bezel
• Plastic
socket
PART NUMBERS
RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS
12V DC
Red None
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
–
P
L
-116-RC000-BX
–
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
PL-118 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights
• Mounts
through rear of the panel. #1893 bulb supplied. Satin finish or black aluminum bezel.
•
1
1
/16”
(
7
.
5mm) diameter mounting stem, 1/4” (6.4mm) long.
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
LENS
COLOR
BEZEL
COLOR
RATING
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
RETAIL
P
L
-118-RC000 PL-118-RC000-BX
P
L
-118-RC001 PL-118-RC001-BX
P
L
-118-GC001 PL-118-GC001-BX
–
–
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
12V DC
Red
Red
Green
Satin Silver
2x 8” wire leads
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
Black
Black
Black
2x 8” wire leads
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
2x 8” wire leads
15/16” (2ꢂ.8mm) Ø
5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
P
L
-118-AC001
–
12V DC
Amber
M-320 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated with Smooth Lens
• #53
bulb supplied, Chrome-plated brass bezel
• Plastic
socket
• 3/4”
(19.1mm) diameter mounting stem, 1 1/16” (2
7
.
0mm) long.
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
M-ꢂ20-RC000-BX
RATING
LENS COLOR
12V DC
Red
TERMINALS
BEZEL SIZE
LENS SIZE
BULK
–
RETAIL
–
2x 8” wire leads
7/8” (22.2mm) Ø
17/ꢂ2” (1ꢂ.5mm) Ø
Panel Lamps and Base Sockets
12V Bayonet Base Sockets
• Accept
incandescent or LED bulbs with corresponding bases.
• Suggested
lamp numbers for BA15s sockets: 63, 6
7
,
8
1, 8
7
,
9
3, 9
7
,
103, 209,1073,
1
129, 1133, 1141, 1156.
• 16AWG
insulated stranded copper leads 8” (203mm) long
26145
26100
2609
3575
2611
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
LAMPS
CONTACT
TYPE
RATING
MOUNTING
Without Flange
TERMINALS
NOTES
ACCEPTED
BULK
–
2609
RETAIL
–
26100-BP
–
2x Wire
Double
Single
Double
Double
11/16” outside diameter Molded plastic insulator
2609-BX
Side bracket with ꢂ/16” (4.8mm) Ø hole
1x Wire
–
12V DC
BA15d
M-4ꢂ2 M-4ꢂ2-BX
M-4ꢂ2-BP
M-458 M-458-BX
Standard Base
Standard Base
2 Screw
2 Wire
Marine Socket
Marine Dash Assembly
–
DL Series • 12V Single Contact, Grounding Panel Lamps
• Self-grounding
to metal panels
• For
illumination of maps or other items, with minimal interference of driving visibility
• Hood
can be rotated to direct the light beam
•
1
1
/16”
(1
7
.
5mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long; mount through the panel.
• 16AWG
insulated stranded copper leads
13
PART NUMBERS
RATING
COLOR
MATERIAL
TERMINALS
BULK
DL-1ꢂ
DL-21
BOXED
DL-1ꢂ-BX
DL-21-BX
RETAIL
–
–
12V DC
12V DC
Chrome-plated
Black
Brass
Steel
1x 8” wire leads
1x 8” wire leads
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
122
Indicator Devices
Buzzers and Alarms
4099 • 12 & 24V DC Universal Buzzer
Hundreds of uses; for ‘door ajar’ warning, bus driver alert, low air pressure, temperature, etc. Works
with any temperature, pressure, door or momentary switch. Electrical contacts are designed for
instant response and uninterrupted signal.
• Impact
resistant ABS resin case
• Moisture
repellent insulator
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Alarms
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
VOLTAGE
DIMENSIONS
TERMINALS
BULK
4099
RETAIL
4099-BP
–
4099-BX
12V DC
24V DC
1 7/8” x 2 ꢁ” x 2 17/ꢂ2”
(ꢂ0.9 x 6ꢂ.2 x 64.ꢂmm)
2 Screw
40151
40151-BX
40100 • Buzzer Pull Switch
For use by passengers in buses and rapid transit vehicles, the end of the switch attaches to a cord. Use
with Littelfuse buzzers or buzzer/flashers: 4099, 4
1
12 RC, 4124-RD.
SPST Off-Mom. On. Normally Off, pull to On, spring return to Off. Neutral gray enamel finish cover.
Operates with a pull cord.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Alarms
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
TERMINALS
BULK
BOXED
RETAIL
40100
40100-BX
–
Up to ꢂ6V DC
2 Screw
4112-RC • 12 & 24V DC Buzzer and LED Indicator “Dual Alarm”
Rugged combination warning light and buzzer gives audible and visible alert. Device is a universal application
and can be used with any electrical switch. Red lens, long-life LED.
1
1
/16” (1
7
.
46mm) diameter mounting
stem, 17/32” (13.88mm) long.
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Alarms
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
VOLTAGE
DIMENSIONS
TERMINALS
BULK
RETAIL
4112-RC000
4112-RC000-BX
4112-RC-BP
12V DC
1 7/8” x 1” x 1 11/ꢂ2”
(47.6 x 25.4 x ꢂ4.1mm)
2 Screw
40212 • 12V DC Dual Rate Electronic Alarm
Utilizes advanced integrated circuit surface mount technology. Negative ground. Use with two input sources
to warn of two different hazardous conditions. Sounds at two different rates: one sensor triggers a fast-rate
SENSOR
alarm, the second actuates a slower rate alarm tone.
• Minimum
sound level: 90dB
OR SWITCH
+
B
• Lightweight
molded plastic housing
• Solid-state
circuitry
SLOW
• Plugs
into Littelfuse connector 3032 or 3029, Delphi (Packard)
12033871, or accepts connectors for 1/4″ (6.4mm) blades
SENSOR
OR SWITCH
13
Additional information:
littelfuse.com/Alarms
PART NUMBERS
BOXED
VOLTAGE
DIMENSIONS
TERMINALS
NOTES
Minimum sound level: 90dB
BULK
RETAIL
40212
40212-BX
–
12V DC
2.005” x 1.185 x .9ꢂ0”
(50.4 x ꢂ0.ꢂ x 2ꢂ.66mm)
ꢀ” Blades
123
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Why Are LED Lights Better For My Vehicle?
THEY ARE SOLID-STATE, SO THEY LAST LONGER, AND MAY
NEVER NEED REPLACING
Y
o
u don’t need to purchase replacement bulbs and keep a
stock of them.
Y
o
u won’t need to use the valuable time of your
maintenance staff. Less downtime for your vehicles means
more revenue-producing hours per vehicle. LEDs are unaffected
by the on-off cycling. Their brightness doesn’t diminish over
PL-85 Series
time. LEDs can function over a wider range of temperatures,
from desert conditions to frigid weather.
LEDs LAST LONGER BECAUSE THEY ARE UNAFFECTED BY
VIBRATION
Incandescent bulbs contain a small filament which is vulnerable
to the shock experienced by vehicles as they travel. LEDs are
PL-118 Series
solid state and don’t have filaments or bulbs that can work
loose.
LEDs PRODUCE LESS HEAT
LEDs are safer. A buildup of heat is undesirable since the
M-320 Series
potential exists to cause fires. LEDs run far cooler. The heated
glass of conventional bulbs is vulnerable to splash – and more
likely to fail prematurely.
LEDs ARE MORE EFFICIENT
PL-2 Series
Less battery drain. Up to 90% of the power used in an
incandescent bulb is converted into wasted heat energy. For
the amount of light emitted, LEDs draw fewer watts from your
batteries. LEDs are not susceptible to the corrosion that may
occur in bulb bases and sockets.
13
PL-612 Series
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
124
Appendix
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
Use index as a quick resource to find the page number of a specific part you are looking for.
Cole Hersee Packaging
Retail packaging products are designated by the BP and BX suffixes.
BX
and
BP
suffixes are not individually listed, but represented by their bulk part number.
Example:
Retail packaging toggle switch 5558-BP will be listed as 5558
5558-BP
“Bulk Part Number”
“Blister Pack”
Littelfuse Packaging
Order numbers must have between 9 characters and 15 characters.
NOTE:
0ATO 0
1
0.
V
P
Products with the amperage used in their part
number are not individually listed.
First set of four
“ATO Fuses”
Second set of four
“Retail pack
“10 Amps”
of 5”
Example:
10 Amp ATO Fuse, 0ATO010.VP = 0ATO0xx.VP
Inner Pack Codes – Quantity Code
1 = X
50 = L
500 = U
3,000 =W
4,000 = Y
5,000 = N
10,000 = K
0MIN 0 3 0 .
ZXPRO
5 = V
100 = H
200 = F
250 = G
1,000 = M
1,500 = D
2,500 = E
First set of four
“MINI Fuses”
Second set of four
“30 Amps”
“Plus Pack”
10 = T
20 = S
Part Number
Page
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
24
21
21
Part Number
Page
20
21
23
20
22
22
23
22
22
22
21
21
21
10
10
22
23
21
Part Number
Page
21
23
23
23
21
21
21
21
21
21
23
22
22
22
22
23
22
21
22
22
Part Number
Page
23
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
Part Number
Page
32
00940133ZP
00940134ZP
00940135ZP
00940154ZP
00940189ZP
00940202ZP
00940202ZPGLO
00940301ZP
00940362ZP
00940362ZPGLO
00940363ZP
00940365ZP
00940366ZP
00940367ZP
00940368ZP
00940369ZP
00940370ZP
00940396Z
00940402ZP
00940408ZP
00940409Z
00940413ZP
00940418ZP
00940419ZP
00940422Z
00940441ZP
00940442ZP
00940461ZP
00940462Z
00940462ZGLO
00940475Z
00940477Z
00940478Z
00940479ZP
00940480Z
00940506ZP
00940550Z
00940570ZXA
00970019X
02981001ZXT
00940551Z
02981028HXFC
32
00940552Z
00970019XP
00970023XP
00970025XPA
00970026XP
00970038XPA
00970053XP
00970054XPA
02981028HXFC-SS 32
00940553Z
0327xxx.LXS
0337xxx.LXS
03453LF2XP
03500417TXN
03500417XP
03500418TXN
03500418XP
03540801ZXGY
03540802ZXGY
03540804ZXGY
03560001Z
15
15
35
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
33
33
33
00940554Z
00940555ZPGLO
00940556ZPGLO
00940557ZXA
00940558ZPA
00940559ZPA
00940560ZXA
00940561ZPA
00940562ZPA
00940563ZPA
00940565ZPA
00940565ZXA
00940566ZPA
00940566ZXA
00940567ZPA
00940569ZPA
01520003TXN941 33
01520003TXN942 33
01520005Z
01520006Z
01550300Z
0185xxx.X
0185xxx.XP
0211xxx.XP
02980900S
02980900TXN
02980900Z
33
33
34
30
30
30
32
32
32
03560002Z
03560004Z
03560006Z
04980900S
00940400Z
00940509ZXGLOA 24
00940510ZXGLOA 24
04980900ZXT
04980903ZXT
14
00940400ZGLO
125
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
Part Number
04980904ZXT
04980921GXM5
04980932.X
04980932ZXT
04980933.X
04980933ZXT
04981038HXFC
04982001ZXFC
0498900.TXN
0498xxx.TXN
0695xxx.LPXP
0695xxx.LPXPS
0695xxx.U
Page
33
33
46
46
46
46
32
32
33
17
16
16
16
16
45
64
64
54
63
63
65
65
63
63
64
64
64
65
65
65
63
29
29
29
27
34
34
34
21
21
21
19
19
21
21
21
21
21
21
19
19
19
19
21
21
Part Number
0AGWxxx.V
0AGWxxx.VP
0AGX0002ZP
0AGXxxx.VP
0ATD0300ZBP
0ATOxxx.V
Page
19
19
21
19
37
14
14
14
14
36
27
27
20
20
20
27
27
34
34
34
34
34
34
36
36
35
35
35
35
34
34
34
34
34
36
36
35
47
47
47
47
38
38
38
38
38
38
20
20
20
35
19
19
33
33
Part Number
0MAB0001XP
0MAXxxx.X
0MAXxxx.XP
0MAXxxx.XPGLO
0MCBxxx.X
0MEGxxx.L
Page
33
14
14
14
28
17
17
17
17
17
13
13
13
13
27
27
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
28
39
18
18
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Part Number
1257
Page
115
115
116
116
66
Part Number
5592
Page
89
1258
7112
103
103
103
103
103
103
104
104
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
107
107
107
38
1282
7124
1283-325
2484
7124-06
7127
2484-02
2484-03
2484-06
2484-09
2484-16
2484-19
2484-A
2609
66
7152
0ATOxxx.VP
0ATOxxx.VPGLO
0ATOxxx.ZXPRO
0BPF0001ZP
0CCBxxx.X
0MEGxxx.X
0MEGxxx.XP
0MIDxxx.X
66
7157
66
7493
66
7493-07
7700
0MIDxxx.XP
0MINxxx.V
66
66
7762
0CCBxxx.XP
0CNLxxx.V
0MINxxx.VP
0MINxxx.VPGLO
0MINxxx.ZXPRO
0MMBxxx.X
0MNBxxx.X
0MRS0001Z
0MRS0002Z
0MRS0003Z
0MRS0004Z
0MRS0005Z
0MRS0006Z
0MRS0007Z
0MRS0007ZXA
0MRS0009ZXA
0MRS0200Z
0MRS0300Z
0MXBxxx.X
0OMN0xxxXP
0PALxxx.X
66
7784
122
35
7785-01
7786
0695xxx.US
07981002ZXS
08010100
0CNNxxx.V
3031-0
3031-20
3031-30
3088-50
3088-60
3088-80
407-01
407-02
407-03
4099
0CNNxxxE.V
0FCBxxx.X
35
7786-01
7786-03
7787
35
08010200
0FCBxxx.XP
0FHA0001SXJ
0FHA0001XP
0FHA0001XPGLO
0FHA0002SXJ
0FHA0002XP
0FHA0030XP
0FHA0200Z
29
08070900
29
7789-02
7792
08080200
29
08081400
99
7792-01
7792-03
876-199
882-267-002
882-267-003
882-267-004
882-267-005
882-839-2
882-839-3
882-839-4
882-839-5
882-853
882-854
8250
08084300
99
08084400
99
08098700
123
123
40
32
08098780
4112-RC000
4721-P10
4721-P12
4721-P14
4721-P2
4721-P3
4721-P4
4721-P5
4721-P6
4721-P8
4755
32
08098800
0FHA0200ZP
0FHJ1001G
32
08098881
40
32
08098882
0FHJ1002G
40
32
08098900
0FHJ2001G
40
32
08098980
0FHJ2002G
40
32
08098981
0FHM0001SXJ
0FHM0001XP
0FHM0001XPGLO
0FHM0002SXJ
0FHM0002XP
0FHM0200Z
0FHM0200ZP
0FHP0001Z
40
32
08099080
0PALxxx.XP
0RBOX001Z
0RBOX002Z
0RBOX003Z
0RBOX004Z
0RBOX005Z
0RBOX006Z
0RED0BOXZ
0RED0BOXZXNG
40
38
0812xxx.ZXST
0813xxx.XP
0813xxx.ZXST
0ACBxxx.XP
0AFH0001XP
0AFH0001Z
0AFH0002XP
0AGA0001ZP
0AGA0002ZP
0AGA0003ZP
0AGAxxx.V
0AGAxxx.VP
0AGC0001ZP
0AGC0001ZPGLO
0AGC0002ZP
0AGC0003ZP
0AGC0004ZP
0AGC0005ZP
0AGCxxx.VP
0AGCxxxV
40
38
40
92
40
8367
77
4758
40
8486
109
109
109
109
109
109
38
5007
102
102
102
90
8486-05
8487
5011
0FHZ0001Z
5050
8626
0FHZ0002Z
5507
8629
0FHZ0003Z
0RED0BOXZXNGA 25
5520
89
8715
0FHZ0005Z
0SFE0001ZP
0SFE0001ZPGLO
0SFExxx.V
0SFExxx.VP
0UCBxxx.X
0UCBxxx.XP
1160
21
5543
92
901-325
956-3122
956-3124
956-3125
956-3126
956-3127
956-3135
956-4100
956-4107
956-4111-BX
956-4113
956-4124
956-4138
956-4141
956-4154
0FHZ00853-BX
0FHZ00854-BX
0FHZ0201Z
21
5543-09
5543-15
5558
92
73
19
92
73
19
90
73
0FHZ0202Z
28
5568
90
73
0FHZ0211Z
28
5570
90
73
0FHZ0212Z
118
114
115
115
115
115
115
115
114
5582
89
73
0FLC014.XP
0FLW014.XP
0FLW016.XP
0FNY0xxxXP
0GBCxxx.V
1222
5582-10
5582-30-BP
5582-36
5584
89
73
1232
89
73
1233
89
73
1235
89
73
0AGUxxx.T
0AGUxxx.VPG
0AGW0001ZP
0AGW0002ZP
1236
5584-15
5586
89
73
0GBCxxx.VP
0MAB0001F
0MAB0001S
1253
89
73
14
1254
5588
89
73
1255
5590
89
73
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
126
Appendix
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
Part Number
956-4307
956-4311
956-5109
956-5124
956-5307
956-6307
956-6310
956-9100
9001
Page
73
Part Number
9513
Page
74
Part Number
24214
24401
24402
24450
24452
24505
24612
24812
24848
31101
40100
40151
40212
48051
48070
48090
48120
48122
48160
48161
48162
48525
48530
48540
48610
48710
48785
50001
50002
50036
50046
50066
50070
50082
50088
50203
54003
54007
54010
54012
54100
54103
54104
54109
54110
55013
55014
55015
55016
55017
55018
55019
55020
55021
Page
55
Part Number
55023
55025
55036
55046
55054
55055
55064
55071
55088
55093
58336
58337
59071
68028
68362
71092
72100
74603
75125
75226
75236
75600
75701
75903
75904
75907
75908
75912
75920
81255
81264
81356
82065
82468
83274
83280
83353
83357
83377
83379
90002
90018
90030
90043
90047
90048
91001
91050
91105
91113
91126
91800
91801
91812
Page
89
Part Number
92102
Page
110
97
73
9576
103
74
57
88
92116
73
9577
57
89
95033
75
73
9578
74
58
89
95060
72
73
9579
74
58
89
95410
77
73
9579-02
9622-01
11042
11134
11164
11165
11172
11173
11178
11750
12063
12081
12082
12091
12092
12300
12301
12310
12311
12400
12401
12500
12501
12804
12805
24008
24021
24022
24023
24024
24037
24044
24047
24054
24059
24060
24063
24071
24076
24080
24082
24097
24103
24106
24115
24117
24124
24200
24213
74
70
89
95535
74
73
75
57
92
95539
74
73
116
117
118
118
117
117
118
118
113
114
114
114
114
112
112
113
114
117
117
117
117
51
57
92
95582
74
99
57
89
95591
75
9002-BX
9003
99
77
92
95593
74
100
103
97
123
123
123
50
80
95597
75
9011
80
95610
75
9023
92
95612
75
9044-BX
9050-01
9052
97
103
104
103
103
107
109
106
106
105
104
67
96101
97
99
50
98628
84
109
100
100
108
98
50
98647
118
60
9055
50
99025
9055-08
9060
50
99026
60
50
551802
551840
551841
551842
551844
551849
880014
880015
880062
880064
880073
880076
880086
880088
880089
880094
880107
880154
880175
11041-06
11042-05
11172-02
11172-03
11750-03
12063-01
12063-11
12077-01
12077-01-BX
12080-11-BX
12080-BX
24008-03
24041-BX
24046-BX
24059-08
24059-15
24063-08
90
9075
50
90
9087-BX
9095
99
50
90
96
50
90
9100
96
50
90
9109
97
51
90
9115
97
51
67
32
9118
100
100
110
97
51
67
32
9118-04
9162-03
9165
54
66
62
102
102
103
102
102
102
102
102
103
84
67
62
62
46
9180
100
108
98
51
92
45
9183
56
92
54
9187
56
112
70
54
9187-02
9211
98
56
46
97
56
92
46
9212
97
66
77
54
9216
96
56
99
62
9216-03
9216-10
9224
96
56
70
62
96
56
84
77
116
116
117
117
118
113
113
113
113
113
113
56
110
110
96
104
55
84
110
77
9224-07
9231
84
56
88
97
9238
97
55
88
96
9238-07
9242
96
56
88
96
110
110
96
56
88
97
9242-01
9245
55
88
98
55
90
98
9264
100
100
100
99
55
89
108
99
9264-02
9264-04
9269
56
89
55
89
109
109
97
55
89
56
9270
99
55
89
56
9270-01
9276-09
9500
100
96
55
89
99
55
58
89
100
100
55
14
104
55
89
55
127
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
Part Number
24106-07
24107-BX
24117-01
24213-01
24213-03
24401-01
24401-04
24420-BX
24450-02
24505-01
24512-10
24610-G10-BX
24612-03
24612-10
24624-10
24812-01
24824-01
26100-BP
30055-10
30055-15
30055-20
30055-25
30055-30
30055-40
30055-50
30056-10
30056-15
30056-20
30056-25
30056-30
30056-40
30056-50
30062-20-BX
30062-30
30063-10
30063-20
30063-30
30090-2
Page
55
55
55
55
55
57
57
55
58
70
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
122
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
Part Number
30138-40
30171-10
30171-15
30171-20
30171-30
30172-10
30172-15
30172-20
30172-30
30409-10
30409-15
30409-20
30409-25
30409-30
30410-10-BX
30410-15
30410-20
30410-25
30410-30
30419-10
30419-15
30419-20
30419-25
30507-60
30507-80
3298xxx.H
3298xxx.Z
3298xxx.ZXSTA
46206-04
46210-02
46210-03
46211-01
46211-R
Page
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
29
29
17
17
17
41
70
70
70
70
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
51
51
51
102
88
88
88
88
82
89
92
89
89
89
Part Number
55020-04
55020-20-BP
55021-04
55021-07
55025-01
55025-02
55025-03
55025-04
55033-01
55033-02
55046-04
55049-01
55054-04
55065-02
55065-03
551001-BX
551800-BX
551846-BX
56000-01
56000-04
56000-08
56027-01
56300-01
56327-01
57000-01
57000-04
57000-10
57000-23
57003-01
57004-10
57006-01
57006-07
57007-11
57013-08
57014-03
57300-01
57300-02
57300-03
57300-11
57300-22
58027-01
58027-02
58027-03
58027-04
58027-06
58027-07
58027-08
58027-11
58027-18
58311-01
58311-02
58311-07
58311-08
58311-11
Page
89
89
89
89
88
88
88
88
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
90
90
90
85
85
85
82
85
82
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
80
80
80
80
80
Part Number
58311-13
Page
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
83
83
83
83
83
83
82
82
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
Part Number
59024-200
59024-218
59024-33
59024-35
59024-36
59024-38
68159-05
71092-02
72079-01
72171-02
74600-02
74601-01
74601-06
74601-12
75212-04
75217-04
75221-06
75221-09
75228-03
75228-04
75600-01
75600-02
75600-04
75600-05
75600-07
75600-25
75601-14
75602-02
75602-10
75603-09
75705-01
75712-04
75904-01
75904-02
75904-03
75920-05
75920-10
75921-10
80101-B
Page
91
58311-18
91
58312-A4
91
58312-AG
58312-C4
91
91
58312-G4
91
58312-R2
106
103
107
104
107
107
107
107
106
106
106
106
106
106
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
104
105
104
104
67
58312-R4
58326-01-BX
58326-06
58326-11
58326-15
58326-27
58326-29
58327-01
58327-06
58328-01
58328-02
58328-04
58328-100-BP
58328-101-BP
58328-103-BP
58328-11
58328-12-BX
58328-13
58328-35
58328-55
58328-58
58328-62
58332-04-BP
58332-20-BP
58332-21-BP
58332-22-BP
58332-23-BP
58332-25-BP
58332-26-BP
58332-27-BP
58332-28-BP
58332-29-BP
58332-30-BP
58332-31-BP
58332-32-BP
58332-33-BP
58332-34-BP
59024-100
59024-104
59024-106
59024-108-BX
59024-110
59024-116
59024-118
59024-12
46377-10
46377-12
46377-18
46377-6
67
67
62
62
46377-8
62
30090-3
46379-6
70
30090-4
46379-8
81192-BX
81264-01
81264-02
81264-05
81264-07
81298-02
81298-34
82065-02
82159-02-BP
82159-1
118
92
30090-6
48540-01-BX
48541-01-BX
48636-01-BX
50046-09
54100-01
54101-01
54107-01
54109-01
54204-01
55014-05
55015-03
55016-06
55017-02
55020-02
30090-8
92
30128-10
30128-15
30128-20
30128-30
30128-40
30137-10
30137-15
30137-20
30137-30
30138-10
30138-15
30138-30-BX
92
92
106
106
70
84
84
82159-2
84
82159-3
84
83280-02
83280-03
83280-05
99
59024-14
99
14
59024-15
99
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
128
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
Part Number
83285-01
83288-BX
86099-2-BX
86099-3
Page
77
77
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
84
62
54
62
62
104
104
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
98
98
97
100
110
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
Part Number
95061-BX
Page
72
72
72
72
72
72
75
75
74
74
74
75
74
74
77
45
28
122
122
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
35
36
36
36
36
47
47
70
70
70
70
70
70
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
47
47
16
16
13
13
Part Number
M-121
Page
117
68
Part Number
M-612
Page
98
98
98
102
102
39
39
39
76
76
76
69
69
76
98
33
33
33
59
59
59
16
16
16
16
15
15
15
15
15
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
45
44
44
Part Number
PL-521-AC
Page
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
121
121
121
121
121
121
59
95062-10
M-284
M-626
PL-521-GC
95062-13
M-284-01
M-284-02
M-284-09-BP
M-284-26
M-284-A
M-288
68
M-626-02
PL-521-RC
95062-17
68
M-628
PL-522-AC
86099-4
95062-50-BX
95062-57-BX
95521-01
68
M-630
PL-522-GC
86099-5
68
M-641-01
PL-522-RC
86126-12
86126-2
68
M-643-01
PL-523-AC
95521-B
75
M-674-BX
PL-523-BC
86126-4
95522-A
M-289-BX
M-290
68
M-700
PL-523-CC
86126-6
95524-A
68
M-712
PL-523-GC
86126-8
95525-A
M-290-01
M-290-05
M-320-RC000-BX
M-414-01
M-415-01
M-426
68
M-712-09
PL-523-RC
87167-01-BP
880064S
95613-BX
68
M-750
PL-524-AC
95633-A
122
39
M-754
PL-524-GC
880107S
95634-01
M-850
PL-524-RC
880175S
98635-01
39
M-914-01
PL-525-AC
888842000A
90005-01
90005-03
90030-01
90030-04
90030-12
90030-24
90030-33
90030-43
90030-53
90036-02-BX
90036-10
90043-07
90043-31
90047-01
90048-01
91109-03
91812-02
92107-04
95060-01
95060-02
95060-03
95060-04
95060-07
95060-21
95060-23
95060-24
95060-26
95060-29
95060-34
95060-36
95060-43
95060-50-BP
95060-60-BP
95061-01
95061-04
95061-05
95061-07
95061-36
95061-50-BX
95061-60-BX
BPDMA104HXF1
BUCBxxx.Z
DL-13
40
MAHC0001TXJ
MAHC0001ZXJ
MAHC0001ZXJA
MC-250012-DN
MC-250012-NN
MC-250012-RN
MCASxxx.V
MCASxxx.VS
MCASxxx.XP
MCASxxx.XPS
MIC2xxx.V
PL-525-GC
M-427
40
PL-525-RC
M-428
40
PL-526-AC
DL-21
M-429
40
PL-526-GC
FHAC0001SXJ
FHAC0001XP
FHAC0002SXJ
FHAC0002XP
FHJC1001G
FHJC1002G
FHJC1002L
FHJC2002G
FHJC2002L
FHLM0200Z
FHLM0200ZPA
FHM20200Z
FHM20200ZPA
FLEC3000Z-0
FLEC3000Z-0U
JBPT0001Z
JBPT2N02ZXB
JBPT2P01ZXR
JBPT3N03ZXB
JBPT3P01ZXB
JBPT3P02ZXB
JCASxxx.X
JCASxxx.XP
JLLNxxx.T
JLLNxxx.V
JLLNxxx.X
JLLSxxx.T
M-432
122
41
PL-526-RC
M-448
PL-612-A
M-448-02
M-449
41
PL-612-B
41
PL-612-G
M-456
40
PL-612-R
M-458
122
102
102
90
PL-624-A
M-476
PL-624-B
M-482
MIC2xxx.VP
MIC2xxx.ZXPRO
MIC3xxx.VP
MIC3xxx.ZXPRO
PDM21001LXM
PDM31001ZXM
PDM31002ZXM
PDM32001ZXM
PDM32003ZXM
PDM32004ZXM
PDM33001ZXM
PDM33003ZXM
PDM33004ZXM
PDM61001ZXM
PDM71001ZXM
PDM71003ZXM
PL-624-G
M-484
PL-624-R
M-485
98
PL-85-AC000
PL-85-GC000
PL-85-RC000
PL-86-AC000
PL-86-GC000
PL-86-RC000
R2-400112-RN
RA-200024-DS
RA-400012-DS
RA-400112-DN
RA-400112-NN
RA-400112-RN
RA-700112-DN
RA-700112-NN
RA-700112-RN
RC-200024-DS
RC-200124-DN
RC-200124-NN
RC-200124-RN
RC-400012-DS
RC-400112-DN
RC-400112-NN
RC-400112-RN
RC-700112-DN
RC-700112-NN
RC-700112-RN
ZCASxxx.XP
M-489
76
M-489-03
M-490
76
98
M-492
98
M-493
90
M-497
76
M-524
98
59
M-527
102
102
102
102
90
59
M-530
59
M-531
59
M-532
59
M-54111-01
M-54111-02
M-550
59
90
59
76
PL-116-RC000-BX 122
59
M-550-14
M-58031-01
M-58031-02
M-58031-04
M-58031-07
M-58031-08
M-58031-09
M-584
76
PL-118-AC001
PL-118-GC001
PL-118-RC000
PL-118-RC001
PL-2-BC000
122
122
122
122
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
59
83
59
83
59
JLLSxxx.V
83
59
JLLSxxx.X
83
59
LFMX0006Z-01
LFMX0007Z-01
LJCAxxx.X
LJCAxxx.XP
LMINxxx.V
LMINxxx.VP
83
PL-2-GC000
59
83
PL-2-RC000-BX
PL-20-AC000
PL-20-GC000
PL-20-RC000
PL-36-AC000-BX
PL-36-GC000
PL-36-RC000
59
90
59
M-597
92
59
M-598
92
59
M-606
102
98
59
14
LMINxxx.ZXPROA 13
M-115 117
M-608
17
M-6110-05
76
129
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
130
131
Notes
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
132
Notes
133
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Need
MORE INFORMATION
about
Commercial Vehicle Products?
Littelfuse publishes technical documents to help in the design and
selection of products for your electrical systems.
T
o
l
earn more about
a specific product or application, visit our online library at:
Littelfuse.com/Commercial-
V
e
hicle-Technical-Center
ꢀ
Extended Datasheets
ꢀ
Application Notes
ꢀ
CAD Drawings
ꢀ
2D Outlines
ꢀ
3D Models
ꢀ
Glossary
ꢀ
FAQ
Littelfuse.com/Catalogs
Littelfuse offers digital and printed catalogs, to request a copy, please
contact Littelfuse or download the digital version on our website.
Our product catalogs feature circuit protection, power control and
sensing products for OEM and aftermarket applications.
ꢀ
Commercial Vehicle Aftermarket Catalog
Automotive Passenger Car Catalog
Automotive Fuse & Fuse Holder Selection Guide
ꢀ
ꢀ
Littelfuse.com/ContactUs
Contact Littelfuse support or find a local representative or distributor.
littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products
Chicago, Illinois USA
To
l
earn more about specific
products or applications visit:
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
+1 800 365 2653
0
79458 22300
2
©2019 Littelfuse, Inc.
Part Number: CVP150
Rev: 1-A-050219
Specifications, descriptions and illustrative material in this catalog are subject to change
without notice. Visit littelfuse.com for the most up-to-date technical information.
